Version in base suite: 11.9-0+deb10u1 Base version: postgresql-11_11.9-0+deb10u1 Target version: postgresql-11_11.10-0+deb10u1 Base file: /srv/ftp-master.debian.org/ftp/pool/main/p/postgresql-11/postgresql-11_11.9-0+deb10u1.dsc Target file: /srv/ftp-master.debian.org/policy/pool/main/p/postgresql-11/postgresql-11_11.10-0+deb10u1.dsc configure | 18 configure.in | 2 contrib/pgcrypto/crypt-md5.c | 8 contrib/pgcrypto/openssl.c | 1 contrib/postgres_fdw/connection.c | 4 debian/changelog | 59 debian/gitlab-ci.yml | 3 doc/bug.template | 2 doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml | 5 doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/bloom.sgml | 117 doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml | 6 doc/src/sgml/charset.sgml | 12 doc/src/sgml/config.sgml | 166 doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml | 24 doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml | 8 doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml | 10 doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml | 6 doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/external-projects.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/file-fdw.sgml | 7 doc/src/sgml/func.sgml | 75 doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml | 20 doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html | 28 doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html | 7 doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html | 7 doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html | 15 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html | 17 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html | 15 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html | 11 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html | 75 doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html | 28 doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html | 28 doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/archive-recovery-settings.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html | 121 doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html | 18 doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-insert.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-update.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-cancel-query.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-close.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect-u.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-disconnect.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-error-message.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-exec.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-fetch.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-function.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-connections.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-notify.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-pkey.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-result.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-is-busy.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-open.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-send-query.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-client.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-server.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-spi.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/creating-cluster.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/cube.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-execution.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-path.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-plan.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/database-roles.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-binary.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-bit.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-boolean.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-character.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-datetime.html | 22 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-enum.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-geometric.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-json.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-money.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-net-types.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-numeric.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-oid.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pg-lsn.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pseudo.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-textsearch.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-uuid.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-xml.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-appendix.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-config-files.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-input-rules.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-invalid-input.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-keywords.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-posix-timezone-specs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-units-history.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/dblink.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-alter.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-basics.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-constraints.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-default.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-depend.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-foreign-data.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-inherit.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-others.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-partitioning.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-priv.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-rowsecurity.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-schemas.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-system-columns.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/default-roles.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/features.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html | 24 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html | 13 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html | 35 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/git.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/history.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html | 15 doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/index.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-languages.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-packages.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html | 16 doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html | 55 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/log-shipping-alternative.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-architecture.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-restrictions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-security.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-subscription.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-catalogs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-example.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-explanation.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-output-plugin.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-sql.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-synchronous.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-walsender.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-writer.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ltree.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/maintenance.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-config.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-createdb.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-dropdb.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-overview.html | 50 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-tablespaces.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-templatedbs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/managing-databases.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-locks.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-ps.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-stats.html | 18 doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/multibyte.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/multivariate-statistics-examples.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-caveats.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/nls-programmer.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/nls-translator.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/nls.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/non-durability.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/notation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/oid2name.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/overview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pageinspect.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/passwordcheck.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/performance-tips.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/perm-functions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgarchivecleanup.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgbench.html | 26 doc/src/sgml/html/pgbuffercache.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgcrypto.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgfreespacemap.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgprewarm.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgrowlocks.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgstandby.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgstatstatements.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgstattuple.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgtestfsync.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgtesttiming.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgtrgm.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgupgrade.html | 36 doc/src/sgml/html/pgverifychecksums.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgvisibility.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pgwaldump.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/planner-optimizer.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-details.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-security.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plhandler.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-builtins.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-data.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-event-triggers.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-funcs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-global.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-triggers.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-trusted.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-under-the-hood.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-control-structures.html | 14 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-cursors.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-declarations.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-development-tips.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-expressions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-implementation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-overview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-porting.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-statements.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-structure.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-transactions.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-trigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-data.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-database.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-do.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-envar.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-funcs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-python23.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-sharing.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-subtransaction.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-transactions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-trigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-util.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-config.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-data.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-dbaccess.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-error-handling.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-event-trigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-functions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-global.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-overview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-procnames.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-subtransactions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-transactions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-trigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/populate.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-fdw.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-user.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/preface.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html | 36 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-target-settings.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-1.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-10.html | 323 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-2.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-3.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-4.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-5.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-6.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-7.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-8.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-9.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11.html | 66 doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/release.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html | 14 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html | 82 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/source.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html | 11 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html | 13 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html | 17 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html | 7 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html | 43 doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/standby-settings.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html | 26 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html | 9 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html | 37 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html | 9 doc/src/sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html | 11 doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/indexam.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/install-windows.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/isn.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml | 41 doc/src/sgml/logicaldecoding.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1 | 27 doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1 | 9 doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1 | 9 doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1 | 11 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1 | 25 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1 | 13 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1 | 23 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1 | 11 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1 | 19 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1 | 13 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_standby.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1 | 41 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verify_checksums.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1 | 28 doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1 | 79 doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1 | 27 doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1 | 27 doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3 | 12 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7 | 11 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7 | 12 doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7 | 10 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7 | 12 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7 | 24 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7 | 10 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7 | 18 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7 | 12 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7 | 10 doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7 | 9 doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/manage-ag.sgml | 50 doc/src/sgml/monitoring.sgml | 68 doc/src/sgml/mvcc.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/parallel.sgml | 6 doc/src/sgml/perform.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml | 16 doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml | 6 doc/src/sgml/queries.sgml | 34 doc/src/sgml/recovery-config.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_role.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/clusterdb.sgml | 25 doc/src/sgml/ref/comment.sgml | 6 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_event_trigger.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_function.sgml | 6 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_operator.sgml | 9 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_procedure.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_role.sgml | 11 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_statistics.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_subscription.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml | 13 doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml | 3 doc/src/sgml/ref/drop_index.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/dropdb.sgml | 3 doc/src/sgml/ref/grant.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/initdb.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_basebackup.sgml | 5 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_ctl-ref.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dump.sgml | 14 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml | 7 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_isready.sgml | 14 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_receivewal.sgml | 5 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_recvlogical.sgml | 14 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_restore.sgml | 7 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_rewind.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/ref/pgbench.sgml | 10 doc/src/sgml/ref/pgupgrade.sgml | 32 doc/src/sgml/ref/postgres-ref.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/prepare.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml | 73 doc/src/sgml/ref/reindexdb.sgml | 25 doc/src/sgml/ref/select.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/select_into.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/truncate.sgml | 3 doc/src/sgml/ref/vacuumdb.sgml | 25 doc/src/sgml/release-11.sgml | 1099 + doc/src/sgml/replication-origins.sgml | 6 doc/src/sgml/rules.sgml | 6 doc/src/sgml/runtime.sgml | 47 doc/src/sgml/seg.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/sepgsql.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/sources.sgml | 6 doc/src/sgml/sslinfo.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/stylesheet.xsl | 163 doc/src/sgml/syntax.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/textsearch.sgml | 40 doc/src/sgml/typeconv.sgml | 45 doc/src/sgml/wal.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/xfunc.sgml | 15 doc/src/sgml/xml2.sgml | 2 src/backend/access/brin/brin_revmap.c | 13 src/backend/access/brin/brin_tuple.c | 91 src/backend/access/gin/ginget.c | 28 src/backend/access/heap/pruneheap.c | 5 src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c | 4 src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c | 25 src/backend/access/transam/clog.c | 7 src/backend/access/transam/commit_ts.c | 6 src/backend/access/transam/slru.c | 12 src/backend/access/transam/subtrans.c | 4 src/backend/access/transam/xact.c | 13 src/backend/catalog/index.c | 20 src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c | 4 src/backend/commands/async.c | 39 src/backend/commands/event_trigger.c | 6 src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c | 3 src/backend/commands/lockcmds.c | 21 src/backend/commands/policy.c | 222 src/backend/commands/portalcmds.c | 5 src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c | 13 src/backend/commands/trigger.c | 33 src/backend/commands/user.c | 10 src/backend/commands/vacuum.c | 13 src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c | 24 src/backend/jit/README | 14 src/backend/jit/llvm/llvmjit.c | 51 src/backend/jit/llvm/llvmjit_wrap.cpp | 32 src/backend/libpq/hba.c | 31 src/backend/libpq/pqsignal.c | 49 src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c | 15 src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c | 10 src/backend/optimizer/path/equivclass.c | 12 src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c | 77 src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c | 35 src/backend/parser/gram.c | 6 src/backend/parser/gram.y | 6 src/backend/parser/parse_utilcmd.c | 240 src/backend/partitioning/partprune.c | 2 src/backend/po/de.po | 1893 +-- src/backend/po/fr.po | 6157 +++++----- src/backend/po/ja.po | 6 src/backend/po/ru.po | 3299 ++--- src/backend/po/sv.po | 3423 ++--- src/backend/postmaster/bgworker.c | 11 src/backend/postmaster/pgarch.c | 12 src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c | 430 src/backend/replication/logical/relation.c | 65 src/backend/replication/logical/worker.c | 10 src/backend/replication/walreceiver.c | 9 src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c | 6 src/backend/storage/ipc/shm_mq.c | 24 src/backend/storage/lmgr/lmgr.c | 20 src/backend/storage/lmgr/lwlocknames.c | 4 src/backend/storage/lmgr/lwlocknames.h | 4 src/backend/storage/lmgr/lwlocknames.txt | 2 src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c | 2 src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c | 25 src/backend/tcop/utility.c | 55 src/backend/tsearch/ts_locale.c | 31 src/backend/utils/adt/formatting.c | 7 src/backend/utils/adt/lockfuncs.c | 14 src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c | 2 src/backend/utils/misc/guc.c | 32 src/bin/initdb/po/cs.po | 145 src/bin/initdb/po/fr.po | 164 src/bin/initdb/po/ru.po | 26 src/bin/initdb/po/sv.po | 113 src/bin/pg_archivecleanup/po/ru.po | 2 src/bin/pg_archivecleanup/po/sv.po | 6 src/bin/pg_basebackup/po/de.po | 254 src/bin/pg_basebackup/po/fr.po | 414 src/bin/pg_basebackup/po/ru.po | 233 src/bin/pg_basebackup/po/sv.po | 6 src/bin/pg_basebackup/streamutil.c | 3 src/bin/pg_config/po/ru.po | 2 src/bin/pg_config/po/sv.po | 2 src/bin/pg_controldata/po/ru.po | 8 src/bin/pg_controldata/po/sv.po | 6 src/bin/pg_ctl/po/cs.po | 173 src/bin/pg_ctl/po/fr.po | 102 src/bin/pg_ctl/po/ru.po | 24 src/bin/pg_ctl/po/sv.po | 69 src/bin/pg_dump/parallel.c | 16 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup.h | 36 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_archiver.c | 96 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_archiver.h | 3 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_db.c | 236 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c | 33 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.h | 2 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_restore.c | 14 src/bin/pg_dump/po/cs.po | 895 - src/bin/pg_dump/po/de.po | 638 - src/bin/pg_dump/po/fr.po | 1292 +- src/bin/pg_dump/po/ru.po | 706 - src/bin/pg_dump/po/sv.po | 691 - src/bin/pg_resetwal/po/ru.po | 2 src/bin/pg_resetwal/po/sv.po | 6 src/bin/pg_rewind/filemap.c | 12 src/bin/pg_rewind/libpq_fetch.c | 3 src/bin/pg_rewind/po/de.po | 108 src/bin/pg_rewind/po/fr.po | 117 src/bin/pg_rewind/po/ru.po | 83 src/bin/pg_rewind/po/sv.po | 6 src/bin/pg_test_fsync/po/sv.po | 2 src/bin/pg_test_timing/po/sv.po | 6 src/bin/pg_upgrade/check.c | 70 src/bin/pg_upgrade/controldata.c | 2 src/bin/pg_upgrade/exec.c | 6 src/bin/pg_upgrade/function.c | 4 src/bin/pg_upgrade/pg_upgrade.c | 6 src/bin/pg_upgrade/po/cs.po | 197 src/bin/pg_upgrade/po/de.po | 146 src/bin/pg_upgrade/po/fr.po | 226 src/bin/pg_upgrade/po/ru.po | 159 src/bin/pg_upgrade/po/sv.po | 203 src/bin/pg_upgrade/relfilenode.c | 16 src/bin/pg_upgrade/server.c | 2 src/bin/pg_verify_checksums/po/sv.po | 6 src/bin/pg_waldump/po/ru.po | 2 src/bin/pg_waldump/po/sv.po | 6 src/bin/psql/command.c | 274 src/bin/psql/common.c | 7 src/bin/psql/po/cs.po | 1455 +- src/bin/psql/po/fr.po | 1753 +- src/bin/psql/po/ru.po | 167 src/bin/psql/po/sv.po | 1749 +- src/bin/psql/psqlscanslash.c | 4 src/bin/psql/psqlscanslash.l | 4 src/bin/psql/sql_help.c | 8 src/bin/psql/variables.c | 26 src/bin/psql/variables.h | 1 src/bin/scripts/clusterdb.c | 69 src/bin/scripts/common.c | 87 src/bin/scripts/common.h | 28 src/bin/scripts/createdb.c | 11 src/bin/scripts/createuser.c | 11 src/bin/scripts/dropdb.c | 12 src/bin/scripts/dropuser.c | 13 src/bin/scripts/po/cs.po | 472 src/bin/scripts/po/ru.po | 344 src/bin/scripts/po/sv.po | 4 src/bin/scripts/reindexdb.c | 85 src/bin/scripts/vacuumdb.c | 70 src/include/access/heapam_xlog.h | 2 src/include/access/xact.h | 3 src/include/jit/llvmjit.h | 2 src/include/jit/llvmjit_emit.h | 2 src/include/libpq/hba.h | 6 src/include/libpq/libpq-be.h | 2 src/include/libpq/pqsignal.h | 3 src/include/nodes/execnodes.h | 2 src/include/optimizer/clauses.h | 1 src/include/parser/parse_utilcmd.h | 2 src/include/pg_config.h.win32 | 8 src/include/port.h | 5 src/include/replication/logicalrelation.h | 6 src/include/storage/buf_internals.h | 2 src/include/storage/bufpage.h | 6 src/include/storage/lmgr.h | 3 src/include/storage/lock.h | 14 src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/misc.c | 2 src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/po/sv.po | 6 src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/po/ru.po | 2 src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/po/sv.po | 6 src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c | 131 src/interfaces/libpq/libpq-dist.rc | 8 src/interfaces/libpq/libpq.rc.in | 8 src/interfaces/libpq/po/ru.po | 80 src/interfaces/libpq/po/sv.po | 6 src/pl/plperl/po/sv.po | 6 src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c | 91 src/pl/plpgsql/src/po/ru.po | 128 src/pl/plpgsql/src/po/sv.po | 6 src/pl/plpython/plpy_typeio.c | 2 src/pl/plpython/po/sv.po | 6 src/pl/tcl/po/sv.po | 6 src/port/pqsignal.c | 29 src/port/win32ver.rc | 4 src/template/netbsd | 1 src/test/authentication/t/001_password.pl | 29 src/test/modules/test_pg_dump/t/001_base.pl | 44 src/test/modules/test_pg_dump/test_pg_dump--1.0.sql | 9 src/test/perl/PostgresNode.pm | 18 src/test/recovery/t/020_archive_status.pl | 2 src/test/regress/expected/brin.out | 43 src/test/regress/expected/create_am.out | 5 src/test/regress/expected/create_operator.out | 20 src/test/regress/expected/create_table_like.out | 56 src/test/regress/expected/groupingsets.out | 32 src/test/regress/expected/horology.out | 45 src/test/regress/expected/identity.out | 2 src/test/regress/expected/indexing.out | 38 src/test/regress/expected/lock.out | 4 src/test/regress/expected/privileges.out | 42 src/test/regress/expected/psql.out | 4 src/test/regress/expected/select_parallel.out | 5 src/test/regress/expected/subselect.out | 79 src/test/regress/expected/timetz.out | 32 src/test/regress/expected/triggers.out | 56 src/test/regress/sql/brin.sql | 41 src/test/regress/sql/create_am.sql | 5 src/test/regress/sql/create_operator.sql | 20 src/test/regress/sql/create_table_like.sql | 23 src/test/regress/sql/groupingsets.sql | 16 src/test/regress/sql/horology.sql | 12 src/test/regress/sql/identity.sql | 2 src/test/regress/sql/indexing.sql | 13 src/test/regress/sql/lock.sql | 2 src/test/regress/sql/privileges.sql | 34 src/test/regress/sql/psql.sql | 3 src/test/regress/sql/select_parallel.sql | 3 src/test/regress/sql/subselect.sql | 44 src/test/regress/sql/timetz.sql | 16 src/test/regress/sql/triggers.sql | 35 src/timezone/Makefile | 2 src/timezone/README | 2 src/timezone/data/tzdata.zi | 107 src/timezone/strftime.c | 10 src/timezone/zic.c | 217 src/tools/msvc/Install.pm | 3 1696 files changed, 23584 insertions(+), 20087 deletions(-) diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/configure postgresql-11-11.10/configure --- postgresql-11-11.9/configure 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/configure 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ #! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. -# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for PostgreSQL 11.9. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for PostgreSQL 11.10. # # Report bugs to . # @@ -582,8 +582,8 @@ # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='PostgreSQL' PACKAGE_TARNAME='postgresql' -PACKAGE_VERSION='11.9' -PACKAGE_STRING='PostgreSQL 11.9' +PACKAGE_VERSION='11.10' +PACKAGE_STRING='PostgreSQL 11.10' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org' PACKAGE_URL='' @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF -\`configure' configures PostgreSQL 11.9 to adapt to many kinds of systems. +\`configure' configures PostgreSQL 11.10 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... @@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@ if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in - short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of PostgreSQL 11.9:";; + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of PostgreSQL 11.10:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF -PostgreSQL configure 11.9 +PostgreSQL configure 11.10 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @@ -2420,7 +2420,7 @@ This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. -It was created by PostgreSQL $as_me 11.9, which was +It was created by PostgreSQL $as_me 11.10, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ @@ -19608,7 +19608,7 @@ # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" -This file was extended by PostgreSQL $as_me 11.9, which was +This file was extended by PostgreSQL $as_me 11.10, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES @@ -19678,7 +19678,7 @@ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ -PostgreSQL config.status 11.9 +PostgreSQL config.status 11.10 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/configure.in postgresql-11-11.10/configure.in --- postgresql-11-11.9/configure.in 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/configure.in 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ dnl m4_pattern_forbid(^PGAC_)dnl to catch undefined macros -AC_INIT([PostgreSQL], [11.9], [pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org]) +AC_INIT([PostgreSQL], [11.10], [pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org]) m4_if(m4_defn([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [2.69], [], [m4_fatal([Autoconf version 2.69 is required. Untested combinations of 'autoconf' and PostgreSQL versions are not diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/contrib/pgcrypto/crypt-md5.c postgresql-11-11.10/contrib/pgcrypto/crypt-md5.c --- postgresql-11-11.9/contrib/pgcrypto/crypt-md5.c 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/contrib/pgcrypto/crypt-md5.c 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -65,11 +65,17 @@ /* get the length of the true salt */ sl = ep - sp; - /* */ + /* we need two PX_MD objects */ err = px_find_digest("md5", &ctx); if (err) return NULL; err = px_find_digest("md5", &ctx1); + if (err) + { + /* this path is possible under low-memory circumstances */ + px_md_free(ctx); + return NULL; + } /* The password first, since that is what is most unknown */ px_md_update(ctx, (const uint8 *) pw, strlen(pw)); diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/contrib/pgcrypto/openssl.c postgresql-11-11.10/contrib/pgcrypto/openssl.c --- postgresql-11-11.9/contrib/pgcrypto/openssl.c 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/contrib/pgcrypto/openssl.c 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -203,6 +203,7 @@ } if (EVP_DigestInit_ex(ctx, md, NULL) == 0) { + EVP_MD_CTX_destroy(ctx); pfree(digest); return -1; } diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/contrib/postgres_fdw/connection.c postgresql-11-11.10/contrib/postgres_fdw/connection.c --- postgresql-11-11.9/contrib/postgres_fdw/connection.c 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/contrib/postgres_fdw/connection.c 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -645,6 +645,10 @@ /* * pgfdw_xact_callback --- cleanup at main-transaction end. + * + * This runs just late enough that it must not enter user-defined code + * locally. (Entering such code on the remote side is fine. Its remote + * COMMIT TRANSACTION may run deferred triggers.) */ static void pgfdw_xact_callback(XactEvent event, void *arg) diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/debian/changelog postgresql-11-11.10/debian/changelog --- postgresql-11-11.9/debian/changelog 2020-08-13 13:56:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/debian/changelog 2020-12-01 09:04:12.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,3 +1,62 @@ +postgresql-11 (11.10-0+deb10u1) buster; urgency=medium + + * New upstream version. + + Fixes timetz regression test failures. (Closes: #974063) + + + Block DECLARE CURSOR ... WITH HOLD and firing of deferred triggers + within index expressions and materialized view queries (Noah Misch) + + This is essentially a leak in the security restricted operation sandbox + mechanism. An attacker having permission to create non-temporary SQL + objects could parlay this leak to execute arbitrary SQL code as a + superuser. + + The PostgreSQL Project thanks Etienne Stalmans for reporting this + problem. (CVE-2020-25695) + + + Fix usage of complex connection-string parameters in pg_dump, + pg_restore, clusterdb, reindexdb, and vacuumdb (Tom Lane) + + The -d parameter of pg_dump and pg_restore, or the --maintenance-db + parameter of the other programs mentioned, can be a connection string + containing multiple connection parameters rather than just a database + name. In cases where these programs need to initiate additional + connections, such as parallel processing or processing of multiple + databases, the connection string was forgotten and just the basic + connection parameters (database name, host, port, and username) were + used for the additional connections. This could lead to connection + failures if the connection string included any other essential + information, such as non-default SSL or GSS parameters. Worse, the + connection might succeed but not be encrypted as intended, or be + vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks that the intended connection + parameters would have prevented. (CVE-2020-25694) + + + When psql's \connect command re-uses connection parameters, ensure that + all non-overridden parameters from a previous connection string are + re-used (Tom Lane) + + This avoids cases where reconnection might fail due to omission of + relevant parameters, such as non-default SSL or GSS options. Worse, the + reconnection might succeed but not be encrypted as intended, or be + vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks that the intended connection + parameters would have prevented. This is largely the same problem as + just cited for pg_dump et al, although psql's behavior is more complex + since the user may intentionally override some connection parameters. + (CVE-2020-25694) + + + Prevent psql's \gset command from modifying specially-treated variables + (Noah Misch) + + \gset without a prefix would overwrite whatever variables the server + told it to. Thus, a compromised server could set specially-treated + variables such as PROMPT1, giving the ability to execute arbitrary shell + code in the user's session. + + The PostgreSQL Project thanks Nick Cleaton for reporting this problem. + (CVE-2020-25696) + + -- Christoph Berg Tue, 01 Dec 2020 10:04:12 +0100 + postgresql-11 (11.9-0+deb10u1) buster; urgency=medium * New upstream version. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/debian/gitlab-ci.yml postgresql-11-11.10/debian/gitlab-ci.yml --- postgresql-11-11.9/debian/gitlab-ci.yml 2020-08-13 13:56:07.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/debian/gitlab-ci.yml 2020-12-01 09:02:26.000000000 +0000 @@ -1 +1,4 @@ include: https://salsa.debian.org/postgresql/postgresql-common/raw/master/gitlab/gitlab-ci.yml + +variables: + RELEASE: buster diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/bug.template postgresql-11-11.10/doc/bug.template --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/bug.template 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/bug.template 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Operating System (example: Linux 2.4.18) : - PostgreSQL version (example: PostgreSQL 11.9): PostgreSQL 11.9 + PostgreSQL version (example: PostgreSQL 11.10): PostgreSQL 11.10 Compiler used (example: gcc 3.3.5) : diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/advanced.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ ); CREATE TABLE capitals ( - state char(2) + state char(2) UNIQUE NOT NULL ) INHERITS (cities); @@ -630,7 +630,8 @@ text, a native PostgreSQL type for variable length character strings. The capitals table has - an extra column, state, which shows their states. In + an additional column, state, which shows its + state abbreviation. In PostgreSQL, a table can inherit from zero or more other tables. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/biblio.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ - Principles of Database and Knowledge - Base Systems + Principles of Database and Knowledge-Base Systems + Classical Database Systems Jeffrey D. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/bloom.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/bloom.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/bloom.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/bloom.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -110,75 +110,70 @@ FROM generate_series(1,10000000); SELECT 10000000 -=# CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tbloom USING bloom (i1, i2, i3, i4, i5, i6); -CREATE INDEX -=# SELECT pg_size_pretty(pg_relation_size('bloomidx')); - pg_size_pretty ----------------- - 153 MB -(1 row) -=# CREATE index btreeidx ON tbloom (i1, i2, i3, i4, i5, i6); -CREATE INDEX -=# SELECT pg_size_pretty(pg_relation_size('btreeidx')); - pg_size_pretty ----------------- - 387 MB -(1 row) A sequential scan over this large table takes a long time: =# EXPLAIN ANALYZE SELECT * FROM tbloom WHERE i2 = 898732 AND i5 = 123451; - QUERY PLAN ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Seq Scan on tbloom (cost=0.00..213694.08 rows=1 width=24) (actual time=1445.438..1445.438 rows=0 loops=1) + QUERY PLAN +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + Seq Scan on tbloom (cost=0.00..2137.14 rows=3 width=24) (actual time=18.372..18.373 rows=0 loops=1) Filter: ((i2 = 898732) AND (i5 = 123451)) - Rows Removed by Filter: 10000000 - Planning time: 0.177 ms - Execution time: 1445.473 ms + Rows Removed by Filter: 100000 + Planning Time: 0.400 ms + Execution Time: 18.397 ms (5 rows) - So the planner will usually select an index scan if possible. - With a btree index, we get results like this: + Even with the btree index defined the result will still be a + sequential scan: +=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx ON tbloom (i1, i2, i3, i4, i5, i6); +CREATE INDEX +=# SELECT pg_size_pretty(pg_relation_size('btreeidx')); + pg_size_pretty +---------------- + 3992 kB +(1 row) =# EXPLAIN ANALYZE SELECT * FROM tbloom WHERE i2 = 898732 AND i5 = 123451; - QUERY PLAN --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Index Only Scan using btreeidx on tbloom (cost=0.56..298311.96 rows=1 width=24) (actual time=445.709..445.709 rows=0 loops=1) - Index Cond: ((i2 = 898732) AND (i5 = 123451)) - Heap Fetches: 0 - Planning time: 0.193 ms - Execution time: 445.770 ms + QUERY PLAN +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + Seq Scan on tbloom (cost=0.00..2137.00 rows=2 width=24) (actual time=11.880..11.881 rows=0 loops=1) + Filter: ((i2 = 898732) AND (i5 = 123451)) + Rows Removed by Filter: 100000 + Planning Time: 0.154 ms + Execution Time: 11.896 ms (5 rows) - Bloom is better than btree in handling this type of search: + Having the bloom index defined on the table is better than btree in + handling this type of search: +=# CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tbloom USING bloom (i1, i2, i3, i4, i5, i6); +CREATE INDEX +=# SELECT pg_size_pretty(pg_relation_size('bloomidx')); + pg_size_pretty +---------------- + 1584 kB +(1 row) =# EXPLAIN ANALYZE SELECT * FROM tbloom WHERE i2 = 898732 AND i5 = 123451; - QUERY PLAN ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Bitmap Heap Scan on tbloom (cost=178435.39..178439.41 rows=1 width=24) (actual time=76.698..76.698 rows=0 loops=1) + QUERY PLAN +--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Bitmap Heap Scan on tbloom (cost=1792.00..1799.69 rows=2 width=24) (actual time=0.388..0.388 rows=0 loops=1) Recheck Cond: ((i2 = 898732) AND (i5 = 123451)) - Rows Removed by Index Recheck: 2439 - Heap Blocks: exact=2408 - -> Bitmap Index Scan on bloomidx (cost=0.00..178435.39 rows=1 width=0) (actual time=72.455..72.455 rows=2439 loops=1) + Rows Removed by Index Recheck: 25 + Heap Blocks: exact=22 + -> Bitmap Index Scan on bloomidx (cost=0.00..1792.00 rows=2 width=0) (actual time=0.358..0.358 rows=25 loops=1) Index Cond: ((i2 = 898732) AND (i5 = 123451)) - Planning time: 0.475 ms - Execution time: 76.778 ms + Planning Time: 0.118 ms + Execution Time: 0.412 ms (8 rows) - Note the relatively large number of false positives: 2439 rows were - selected to be visited in the heap, but none actually matched the - query. We could reduce that by specifying a larger signature length. - In this example, creating the index with length=200 - reduced the number of false positives to 55; but it doubled the index size - (to 306 MB) and ended up being slower for this query (125 ms overall). @@ -187,24 +182,36 @@ A better strategy for btree is to create a separate index on each column. Then the planner will choose something like this: +=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx1 ON tbloom (i1); +CREATE INDEX +=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx2 ON tbloom (i2); +CREATE INDEX +=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx3 ON tbloom (i3); +CREATE INDEX +=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx4 ON tbloom (i4); +CREATE INDEX +=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx5 ON tbloom (i5); +CREATE INDEX +=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx6 ON tbloom (i6); +CREATE INDEX =# EXPLAIN ANALYZE SELECT * FROM tbloom WHERE i2 = 898732 AND i5 = 123451; - QUERY PLAN ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Bitmap Heap Scan on tbloom (cost=9.29..13.30 rows=1 width=24) (actual time=0.148..0.148 rows=0 loops=1) + QUERY PLAN +--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Bitmap Heap Scan on tbloom (cost=24.34..32.03 rows=2 width=24) (actual time=0.036..0.037 rows=0 loops=1) Recheck Cond: ((i5 = 123451) AND (i2 = 898732)) - -> BitmapAnd (cost=9.29..9.29 rows=1 width=0) (actual time=0.145..0.145 rows=0 loops=1) - -> Bitmap Index Scan on tbloom_i5_idx (cost=0.00..4.52 rows=11 width=0) (actual time=0.089..0.089 rows=10 loops=1) + -> BitmapAnd (cost=24.34..24.34 rows=2 width=0) (actual time=0.033..0.034 rows=0 loops=1) + -> Bitmap Index Scan on btreeidx5 (cost=0.00..12.04 rows=500 width=0) (actual time=0.032..0.032 rows=0 loops=1) Index Cond: (i5 = 123451) - -> Bitmap Index Scan on tbloom_i2_idx (cost=0.00..4.52 rows=11 width=0) (actual time=0.048..0.048 rows=8 loops=1) + -> Bitmap Index Scan on btreeidx2 (cost=0.00..12.04 rows=500 width=0) (never executed) Index Cond: (i2 = 898732) - Planning time: 2.049 ms - Execution time: 0.280 ms + Planning Time: 0.531 ms + Execution Time: 0.072 ms (9 rows) Although this query runs much faster than with either of the single - indexes, we pay a large penalty in index size. Each of the single-column - btree indexes occupies 214 MB, so the total space needed is over 1.2GB, - more than 8 times the space used by the bloom index. + indexes, we pay a penalty in index size. Each of the single-column + btree indexes occupies 2 MB, so the total space needed is 12 MB, + eight times the space used by the bloom index. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ bool Role can log in. That is, this role can be given as the initial - session authorization identifier + session authorization identifier. @@ -9005,7 +9005,8 @@ and general database objects (identified by class OID and object OID, in the same way as in pg_description or pg_depend). Also, the right to extend a - relation is represented as a separate lockable object. + relation is represented as a separate lockable object, as is the right to + update pg_database.datfrozenxid. Also, advisory locks can be taken on numbers that have user-defined meanings. @@ -9031,6 +9032,7 @@ Type of the lockable object: relation, extend, + frozenid, page, tuple, transactionid, diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/charset.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/charset.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/charset.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/charset.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -789,11 +789,11 @@ - CREATE COLLATION digitslast (provider = icu, locale = 'en-u-kr-latn-digit'); - CREATE COLLATION digitslast (provider = icu, locale = 'en@colReorder=latn-digit'); + CREATE COLLATION latinlast (provider = icu, locale = 'en-u-kr-grek-latn'); + CREATE COLLATION latinlast (provider = icu, locale = 'en@colReorder=grek-latn'); - Sort digits after Latin letters. (The default is digits before letters.) + Sort Greek letters before Latin ones. (The default is Latin before Greek.) @@ -809,9 +809,9 @@ - - CREATE COLLATION special (provider = icu, locale = 'en-u-kf-upper-kr-latn-digit'); - CREATE COLLATION special (provider = icu, locale = 'en@colCaseFirst=upper;colReorder=latn-digit'); + + CREATE COLLATION special (provider = icu, locale = 'en-u-kf-upper-kr-grek-latn'); + CREATE COLLATION special (provider = icu, locale = 'en@colCaseFirst=upper;colReorder=grek-latn'); Combines both of the above options. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ start with the . character are also ignored, to prevent mistakes since such files are hidden on some platforms. Multiple files within an include directory are processed in file name order - (according to C locale rules, i.e. numbers before letters, and + (according to C locale rules, i.e., numbers before letters, and uppercase letters before lowercase ones). @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ With this parameter enabled, you can still create ordinary global users. Simply append @ when specifying the user - name in the client, e.g. joe@. The @ + name in the client, e.g., joe@. The @ will be stripped off before the user name is looked up by the server. @@ -2432,14 +2432,26 @@ - Specifies whether transaction commit will wait for WAL records - to be written to disk before the command returns a success - indication to the client. Valid values are on, - remote_apply, remote_write, local, - and off. The default, and safe, setting - is on. When off, there can be a delay between - when success is reported to the client and when the transaction is - really guaranteed to be safe against a server crash. (The maximum + Specifies how much WAL processing must complete before + the database server returns a success + indication to the client. Valid values are + remote_apply, on + (the default), remote_write, + local, and off. + + + + If synchronous_standby_names is empty, + the only meaningful settings are on and + off; remote_apply, + remote_write and local + all provide the same local synchronization level + as on. The local behavior of all + non-off modes is to wait for local flush of WAL + to disk. In off mode, there is no waiting, + so there can be a delay between when success is reported to the + client and when the transaction is later guaranteed to be safe + against a server crash. (The maximum delay is three times .) Unlike , setting this parameter to off does not create any risk of database inconsistency: an operating @@ -2451,38 +2463,40 @@ exact certainty about the durability of a transaction. For more discussion see . + + + If is non-empty, + synchronous_commit also controls whether + transaction commits will wait for their WAL records to be + processed on the standby server(s). + + - If is non-empty, this - parameter also controls whether or not transaction commits will wait - for their WAL records to be replicated to the standby server(s). - When set to on, commits will wait until replies + When set to remote_apply, commits will wait + until replies from the current synchronous standby(s) indicate they + have received the commit record of the transaction and applied + it, so that it has become visible to queries on the standby(s), + and also written to durable storage on the standbys. This will + cause much larger commit delays than previous settings since + it waits for WAL replay. When set to on, + commits wait until replies from the current synchronous standby(s) indicate they have received - the commit record of the transaction and flushed it to disk. This + the commit record of the transaction and flushed it to durable storage. This ensures the transaction will not be lost unless both the primary and all synchronous standbys suffer corruption of their database storage. - When set to remote_apply, commits will wait until replies - from the current synchronous standby(s) indicate they have received the - commit record of the transaction and applied it, so that it has become - visible to queries on the standby(s). When set to remote_write, commits will wait until replies from the current synchronous standby(s) indicate they have - received the commit record of the transaction and written it out to - their operating system. This setting is sufficient to - ensure data preservation even if a standby instance of - PostgreSQL were to crash, but not if the standby - suffers an operating-system-level crash, since the data has not - necessarily reached stable storage on the standby. - Finally, the setting local causes commits to wait for - local flush to disk, but not for replication. This is not usually + received the commit record of the transaction and written it to + their file systems. This setting ensures data preservation if a standby instance of + PostgreSQL crashes, but not if the standby + suffers an operating-system-level crash because the data has not + necessarily reached durable storage on the standby. + The setting local causes commits to wait for + local flush to disk, but not for replication. This is usually not desirable when synchronous replication is in use, but is provided for completeness. - - If synchronous_standby_names is empty, the settings - on, remote_apply, remote_write - and local all provide the same synchronization level: - transaction commits only wait for local flush to disk. - + This parameter can be changed at any time; the behavior for any one transaction is determined by the setting in effect when it @@ -2492,6 +2506,76 @@ asynchronously when the default is the opposite, issue SET LOCAL synchronous_commit TO OFF within the transaction. + + + summarizes the + capabilities of the synchronous_commit settings. + + + + synchronous_commit Modes + + + + + + + + + synchronous_commit setting + local durable commit + standby durable commit after PG crash + standby durable commit after OS crash + standby query consistency + + + + + + + remote_apply + • + • + • + • + + + + on + • + • + • + + + + + remote_write + • + • + + + + + + local + • + + + + + + + off + + + + + + + + +
+ @@ -2879,7 +2963,7 @@ - Maximum size to let the WAL grow to between automatic WAL + Maximum size to let the WAL grow during automatic checkpoints. This is a soft limit; WAL size can exceed max_wal_size under special circumstances, like under heavy load, a failing archive_command, or a high @@ -2975,7 +3059,7 @@ disabled, but the server continues to accumulate WAL segment files in the expectation that a command will soon be provided. Setting archive_command to a command that does nothing but - return true, e.g. /bin/true (REM on + return true, e.g., /bin/true (REM on Windows), effectively disables archiving, but also breaks the chain of WAL files needed for archive recovery, so it should only be used in unusual circumstances. @@ -4017,7 +4101,7 @@ if your data is likely to be completely in cache, such as when the database is smaller than the total server memory, decreasing random_page_cost can be appropriate. Storage that has a low random - read cost relative to sequential, e.g. solid-state drives, might + read cost relative to sequential, e.g., solid-state drives, might also be better modeled with a lower value for random_page_cost, e.g., 1.1. @@ -5870,6 +5954,8 @@ COPY postgres_log FROM '/full/path/to/logfile.csv' WITH csv; + It is also possible to access the file as a foreign table, using + the supplied module. @@ -7752,7 +7838,7 @@ rows that can be locked; that value is unlimited. The default, 64, has historically proven sufficient, but you might need to raise this value if you have queries that touch many different - tables in a single transaction, e.g. query of a parent table with + tables in a single transaction, e.g., query of a parent table with many children. This parameter can only be set at server start. @@ -8277,7 +8363,7 @@ with assertions enabled. That is the case if the macro USE_ASSERT_CHECKING is defined when PostgreSQL is built (accomplished - e.g. by the configure option + e.g., by the configure option ). By default PostgreSQL is built without assertions. @@ -8731,8 +8817,8 @@ - If set, do not trace locks for tables below this OID. (use to avoid - output on system tables) + If set, do not trace locks for tables below this OID (used to avoid + output on system tables). This parameter is only available if the LOCK_DEBUG diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ very large number of digits. It is especially recommended for storing monetary amounts and other quantities where exactness is required. Calculations with numeric values yield exact - results where possible, e.g. addition, subtraction, multiplication. + results where possible, e.g., addition, subtraction, multiplication. However, calculations on numeric values are very slow compared to the integer types, or to the floating-point types described in the next section. @@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ - + Special Values @@ -2191,12 +2191,26 @@ type: CURRENT_DATE, CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, LOCALTIME, - LOCALTIMESTAMP. The latter four accept an - optional subsecond precision specification. (See LOCALTIMESTAMP. (See .) Note that these are SQL functions and are not recognized in data input strings. + + + While the input strings now, + today, tomorrow, + and yesterday are fine to use in interactive SQL + commands, they can have surprising behavior when the command is + saved to be executed later, for example in prepared statements, + views, and function definitions. The string can be converted to a + specific time value that continues to be used long after it becomes + stale. Use one of the SQL functions instead in such contexts. + For example, CURRENT_DATE + 1 is safer than + 'tomorrow'::date. + + + @@ -4923,7 +4937,7 @@ unknown - Identifies a not-yet-resolved type, e.g. of an undecorated + Identifies a not-yet-resolved type, e.g., of an undecorated string literal. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/dblink.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ OK (1 row) -SELECT * FROM dblink('myconn','SELECT * FROM foo') AS t(a int, b text, c text[]); +SELECT * FROM dblink('myconn', 'SELECT * FROM foo') AS t(a int, b text, c text[]); a | b | c ----+---+--------------- 0 | a | {a0,b0,c0} @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ The SQL command that you wish to execute in the remote database, for example - insert into foo values(0,'a','{"a0","b0","c0"}'). + insert into foo values(0, 'a', '{"a0","b0","c0"}'). @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ OK (1 row) -SELECT dblink_exec('insert into foo values(21,''z'',''{"a0","b0","c0"}'');'); +SELECT dblink_exec('insert into foo values(21, ''z'', ''{"a0","b0","c0"}'');'); dblink_exec ----------------- INSERT 943366 1 @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ OK (1 row) -SELECT dblink_exec('myconn', 'insert into foo values(21,''z'',''{"a0","b0","c0"}'');'); +SELECT dblink_exec('myconn', 'insert into foo values(21, ''z'', ''{"a0","b0","c0"}'');'); dblink_exec ------------------ INSERT 6432584 1 diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ - However, if the default value is volatile (e.g. + However, if the default value is volatile (e.g., clock_timestamp()) each row will need to be updated with the value calculated at the time ALTER TABLE is executed. To avoid a potentially @@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ An object can be assigned to a new owner with an ALTER - command of the appropriate kind for the object, e.g. . Superusers can always do this; ordinary roles can only do it if they are both the current owner of the object (or a member of the owning role) and a member of the new @@ -3324,7 +3324,7 @@ Normally the set of partitions established when initially defining the - table are not intended to remain static. It is common to want to + table is not intended to remain static. It is common to want to remove old partitions of data and periodically add new partitions for new data. One of the most important advantages of partitioning is precisely that it allows this otherwise painful task to be executed @@ -3460,8 +3460,8 @@ - Unique constraints on partitioned tables must include all the - partition key columns. This limitation exists because + Unique constraints (and hence primary keys) on partitioned tables must + include all the partition key columns. This limitation exists because PostgreSQL can only enforce uniqueness in each partition individually. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -3659,7 +3659,7 @@ EXEC SQL FETCH NEXT FROM mycursor INTO SQL DESCRIPTOR mydesc; If the result set is empty, the Descriptor Area will still contain - the metadata from the query, i.e. the field names. + the metadata from the query, i.e., the field names. @@ -4076,7 +4076,7 @@ sqllen - Contains the binary length of the field. e.g. 4 bytes for ECPGt_int. + Contains the binary length of the field. e.g., 4 bytes for ECPGt_int. @@ -8014,7 +8014,7 @@ FREE cursor_name - Due to the differences how ECPG works compared to Informix's ESQL/C (i.e. which steps + Due to the differences how ECPG works compared to Informix's ESQL/C (i.e., which steps are purely grammar transformations and which steps rely on the underlying run-time library) there is no FREE cursor_name statement in ECPG. This is because in ECPG, DECLARE CURSOR doesn't translate to a function call into diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ An extension is relocatable if it is possible to move its contained objects into a different schema after initial creation - of the extension. The default is false, i.e. the + of the extension. The default is false, i.e., the extension is not relocatable. See for more information. @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ NO_INSTALLCHECK - don't define an installcheck target, useful e.g. if tests require special configuration, or don't use pg_regress + don't define an installcheck target, useful e.g., if tests require special configuration, or don't use pg_regress diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/external-projects.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/external-projects.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/external-projects.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/external-projects.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ PL/Lua Lua - + diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/file-fdw.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/file-fdw.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/file-fdw.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/file-fdw.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,7 +28,8 @@ - Specifies the file to be read. Must be an absolute path name. + Specifies the file to be read. Relative paths are relative to the + data directory. Either filename or program must be specified, but not both. @@ -216,7 +217,9 @@ One of the obvious uses for file_fdw is to make the PostgreSQL activity log available as a table for querying. To - do this, first you must be logging to a CSV file, which here we + do this, first you must be logging to a CSV file, + which here we will call pglog.csv. First, install file_fdw as an extension: diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -666,14 +666,16 @@ ! - factorial + factorial + (deprecated, use factorial() instead) 5 ! 120 !! - factorial (prefix operator) + factorial as a prefix operator + (deprecated, use factorial() instead) !! 5 120 @@ -859,6 +861,19 @@ + factorial + + factorial(bigint) + + numeric + factorial + factorial(5) + 120 + + + + + floor floor(dp or numeric) @@ -6320,9 +6335,9 @@ In to_timestamp and to_date, - if the year format specification is less than four digits, e.g. + if the year format specification is less than four digits, e.g., YYY, and the supplied year is less than four digits, - the year will be adjusted to be nearest to the year 2020, e.g. + the year will be adjusted to be nearest to the year 2020, e.g., 95 becomes 1995. @@ -6330,6 +6345,15 @@ In to_timestamp and to_date, + negative years are treated as signifying BC. If you write both a + negative year and an explicit BC field, you get AD + again. An input of year zero is treated as 1 BC. + + + + + + In to_timestamp and to_date, the YYYY conversion has a restriction when processing years with more than 4 digits. You must use some non-digit character or template after YYYY, @@ -8316,20 +8340,22 @@ SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP; SELECT now(); -SELECT TIMESTAMP 'now'; -- incorrect for use with DEFAULT +SELECT TIMESTAMP 'now'; -- but see tip below - You do not want to use the third form when specifying a DEFAULT - clause while creating a table. The system will convert now + Do not use the third form when specifying a value to be evaluated later, + for example in a DEFAULT clause for a table column. + The system will convert now to a timestamp as soon as the constant is parsed, so that when the default value is needed, the time of the table creation would be used! The first two forms will not be evaluated until the default value is used, because they are function calls. Thus they will give the desired behavior of defaulting to the time of row insertion. + (See also .) @@ -9771,7 +9797,7 @@ "string" (to include all string values), "numeric" (to include all numeric values in the string format), "boolean" (to include all Boolean values in the string format "true"/"false"), "key" (to include all keys) or "all" (to include all above). These values - can be combined together to include, e.g. all string and numeric values. + can be combined together to include, e.g., all string and numeric values. json_to_tsvector('english', '{"a": "The Fat Rats", "b": 123}'::json, '["string", "numeric"]') '123':5 'fat':2 'rat':3 @@ -12613,6 +12639,12 @@ + The arguments must all be convertible to a common data type, which + will be the type of the result (see + for details). + + + Like a CASE expression, COALESCE only evaluates the arguments that are needed to determine the result; that is, arguments to the right of the first non-null argument are @@ -12642,13 +12674,30 @@ SELECT NULLIF(value, '(none)') ... - - In this example, if value is (none), null is returned, otherwise the value of value is returned. + + The two arguments must be of comparable types. + To be specific, they are compared exactly as if you had + written value1 + = value2, so there must be a + suitable = operator available. + + + + The result has the same type as the first argument — but there is + a subtlety. What is actually returned is the first argument of the + implied = operator, and in some cases that will have + been promoted to match the second argument's type. For + example, NULLIF(1, 2.2) yields numeric, + because there is no integer = + numeric operator, + only numeric = numeric. + + @@ -20781,7 +20830,7 @@ objsubid integer - Sub-object ID (e.g. attribute number for a column) + Sub-object ID (e.g., attribute number for a column) command_tag @@ -20868,7 +20917,7 @@ objsubid integer - Sub-object ID (e.g. attribute number for a column) + Sub-object ID (e.g., attribute number for a column) original @@ -20961,7 +21010,7 @@ obj.object_name, obj.object_identity; END LOOP; -END +END; $$; CREATE EVENT TRIGGER test_event_trigger_for_drops ON sql_drop diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/gin.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ gin_pending_list_limit can be overridden for individual - GIN indexes by changing storage parameters, and which allows each + GIN indexes by changing storage parameters, which allows each GIN index to have its own cleanup threshold. For example, it's possible to increase the threshold only for the GIN index which can be updated heavily, and decrease it otherwise. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml 2020-08-10 21:17:40.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml 2020-11-09 22:28:11.000000000 +0000 @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ this is unacceptable, either the middleware or the application must query such values from a single server and then use those values in write queries. Another option is to use this replication - option with a traditional master-standby setup, i.e. data modification + option with a traditional master-standby setup, i.e., data modification queries are sent only to the master and are propagated to the standby servers via master-standby replication, not by the replication middleware. Care must also be taken that all @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ Set up continuous archiving on the primary to an archive directory accessible from the standby, as described in . The archive location should be - accessible from the standby even when the master is down, i.e. it should + accessible from the standby even when the master is down, i.e., it should reside on the standby server itself or another trusted server, not on the master server. @@ -1389,7 +1389,8 @@ If archive_mode is set to on, the archiver is not enabled during recovery or standby mode. If the standby server is promoted, it will start archiving after the promotion, but - will not archive any WAL it did not generate itself. To get a complete + will not archive any WAL or timeline history files that + it did not generate itself. To get a complete series of WAL files in the archive, you must ensure that all WAL is archived, before it reaches the standby. This is inherently true with file-based log shipping, as the standby can only restore files that @@ -1498,7 +1499,7 @@ Note that in this mode, the server will apply WAL one file at a time, so if you use the standby server for queries (see Hot Standby), there is a delay between an action in the master and when the - action becomes visible in the standby, corresponding the time it takes + action becomes visible in the standby, corresponding to the time it takes to fill up the WAL file. archive_timeout can be used to make that delay shorter. Also note that you can't combine streaming replication with this method. @@ -2224,7 +2225,7 @@ - Data Definition Language (DDL) - e.g. CREATE INDEX + Data Definition Language (DDL) - e.g., CREATE INDEX @@ -2290,7 +2291,7 @@ WAL file control commands will not work during recovery, - e.g. pg_start_backup, pg_switch_wal etc. + e.g., pg_start_backup, pg_switch_wal etc. @@ -2372,9 +2373,10 @@ - The background writer is active during recovery and will perform - restartpoints (similar to checkpoints on the primary) and normal block - cleaning activities. This can include updates of the hint bit + The checkpointer process and the background writer process are active during + recovery. The checkpointer process will perform restartpoints (similar to + checkpoints on the primary) and the background writer process will perform + normal block cleaning activities. This can include updates of the hint bit information stored on the standby server. The CHECKPOINT command is accepted during recovery, though it performs a restartpoint rather than a new checkpoint. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html 2020-08-10 21:30:31.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html 2020-11-09 22:41:18.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix K. Acronyms
Appendix K. Acronyms
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

Appendix K. Acronyms

+Appendix K. Acronyms

Appendix K. Acronyms
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

Appendix K. Acronyms

This is a list of acronyms commonly used in the PostgreSQL documentation and in discussions about PostgreSQL. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Pluggable Authentication Modules

PGSQL

- PostgreSQL + PostgreSQL

PGXS

PostgreSQL Extension System

PID

@@ -207,4 +207,4 @@ Extensible Markup Language

-

Prev Up Next
J.5. Style Guide Home Bibliography
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
J.5. Style Guide Home Bibliography
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html 2020-08-10 21:30:12.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html 2020-11-09 22:40:59.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Part III. Server Administration
Part III. Server Administration
Prev   Home Next

Part III. Server Administration

+Part III. Server Administration

Part III. Server Administration
Prev UpPostgreSQL 11.10 DocumentationHome Next

Part III. Server Administration

This part covers topics that are of interest to a PostgreSQL database administrator. This includes installation of the software, set up and configuration of the @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ the PostgreSQL database system. Readers are encouraged to look at Part I and Part II for additional information.

Table of Contents

16. Installation from Source Code
16.1. Short Version
16.2. Requirements
16.3. Getting The Source
16.4. Installation Procedure
16.5. Post-Installation Setup
16.6. Supported Platforms
16.7. Platform-specific Notes
17. Installation from Source Code on Windows
17.1. Building with Visual C++ or the - Microsoft Windows SDK
18. Server Setup and Operation
18.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
18.2. Creating a Database Cluster
18.3. Starting the Database Server
18.4. Managing Kernel Resources
18.5. Shutting Down the Server
18.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
18.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
18.8. Encryption Options
18.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
18.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
18.11. Registering Event Log on Windows
19. Server Configuration
19.1. Setting Parameters
19.2. File Locations
19.3. Connections and Authentication
19.4. Resource Consumption
19.5. Write Ahead Log
19.6. Replication
19.7. Query Planning
19.8. Error Reporting and Logging
19.9. Run-time Statistics
19.10. Automatic Vacuuming
19.11. Client Connection Defaults
19.12. Lock Management
19.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
19.14. Error Handling
19.15. Preset Options
19.16. Customized Options
19.17. Developer Options
19.18. Short Options
20. Client Authentication
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
20.2. User Name Maps
20.3. Authentication Methods
20.4. Trust Authentication
20.5. Password Authentication
20.6. GSSAPI Authentication
20.7. SSPI Authentication
20.8. Ident Authentication
20.9. Peer Authentication
20.10. LDAP Authentication
20.11. RADIUS Authentication
20.12. Certificate Authentication
20.13. PAM Authentication
20.14. BSD Authentication
20.15. Authentication Problems
21. Database Roles
21.1. Database Roles
21.2. Role Attributes
21.3. Role Membership
21.4. Dropping Roles
21.5. Default Roles
21.6. Function Security
22. Managing Databases
22.1. Overview
22.2. Creating a Database
22.3. Template Databases
22.4. Database Configuration
22.5. Destroying a Database
22.6. Tablespaces
23. Localization
23.1. Locale Support
23.2. Collation Support
23.3. Character Set Support
24. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
24.1. Routine Vacuuming
24.2. Routine Reindexing
24.3. Log File Maintenance
25. Backup and Restore
25.1. SQL Dump
25.2. File System Level Backup
25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
26.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
26.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
26.3. Failover
26.4. Alternative Method for Log Shipping
26.5. Hot Standby
27. Recovery Configuration
27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
27.2. Recovery Target Settings
27.3. Standby Server Settings
28. Monitoring Database Activity
28.1. Standard Unix Tools
28.2. The Statistics Collector
28.3. Viewing Locks
28.4. Progress Reporting
28.5. Dynamic Tracing
29. Monitoring Disk Usage
29.1. Determining Disk Usage
29.2. Disk Full Failure
30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
30.1. Reliability
30.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
30.3. Asynchronous Commit
30.4. WAL Configuration
30.5. WAL Internals
31. Logical Replication
31.1. Publication
31.2. Subscription
31.3. Conflicts
31.4. Restrictions
31.5. Architecture
31.6. Monitoring
31.7. Security
31.8. Configuration Settings
31.9. Quick Setup
32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
32.1. What is JIT compilation?
32.2. When to JIT?
32.3. Configuration
32.4. Extensibility
33. Regression Tests
33.1. Running the Tests
33.2. Test Evaluation
33.3. Variant Comparison Files
33.4. TAP Tests
33.5. Test Coverage Examination
Prev   Next
15.4. Parallel Safety Home Chapter 16. Installation from Source Code
\ No newline at end of file + Microsoft Windows SDK
18. Server Setup and Operation
18.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
18.2. Creating a Database Cluster
18.3. Starting the Database Server
18.4. Managing Kernel Resources
18.5. Shutting Down the Server
18.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
18.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
18.8. Encryption Options
18.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
18.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
18.11. Registering Event Log on Windows
19. Server Configuration
19.1. Setting Parameters
19.2. File Locations
19.3. Connections and Authentication
19.4. Resource Consumption
19.5. Write Ahead Log
19.6. Replication
19.7. Query Planning
19.8. Error Reporting and Logging
19.9. Run-time Statistics
19.10. Automatic Vacuuming
19.11. Client Connection Defaults
19.12. Lock Management
19.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
19.14. Error Handling
19.15. Preset Options
19.16. Customized Options
19.17. Developer Options
19.18. Short Options
20. Client Authentication
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
20.2. User Name Maps
20.3. Authentication Methods
20.4. Trust Authentication
20.5. Password Authentication
20.6. GSSAPI Authentication
20.7. SSPI Authentication
20.8. Ident Authentication
20.9. Peer Authentication
20.10. LDAP Authentication
20.11. RADIUS Authentication
20.12. Certificate Authentication
20.13. PAM Authentication
20.14. BSD Authentication
20.15. Authentication Problems
21. Database Roles
21.1. Database Roles
21.2. Role Attributes
21.3. Role Membership
21.4. Dropping Roles
21.5. Default Roles
21.6. Function Security
22. Managing Databases
22.1. Overview
22.2. Creating a Database
22.3. Template Databases
22.4. Database Configuration
22.5. Destroying a Database
22.6. Tablespaces
23. Localization
23.1. Locale Support
23.2. Collation Support
23.3. Character Set Support
24. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
24.1. Routine Vacuuming
24.2. Routine Reindexing
24.3. Log File Maintenance
25. Backup and Restore
25.1. SQL Dump
25.2. File System Level Backup
25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
26.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
26.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
26.3. Failover
26.4. Alternative Method for Log Shipping
26.5. Hot Standby
27. Recovery Configuration
27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
27.2. Recovery Target Settings
27.3. Standby Server Settings
28. Monitoring Database Activity
28.1. Standard Unix Tools
28.2. The Statistics Collector
28.3. Viewing Locks
28.4. Progress Reporting
28.5. Dynamic Tracing
29. Monitoring Disk Usage
29.1. Determining Disk Usage
29.2. Disk Full Failure
30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
30.1. Reliability
30.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
30.3. Asynchronous Commit
30.4. WAL Configuration
30.5. WAL Internals
31. Logical Replication
31.1. Publication
31.2. Subscription
31.3. Conflicts
31.4. Restrictions
31.5. Architecture
31.6. Monitoring
31.7. Security
31.8. Configuration Settings
31.9. Quick Setup
32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
32.1. What is JIT compilation?
32.2. When to JIT?
32.3. Configuration
32.4. Extensibility
33. Regression Tests
33.1. Running the Tests
33.2. Test Evaluation
33.3. Variant Comparison Files
33.4. TAP Tests
33.5. Test Coverage Examination
Prev Up Next
15.4. Parallel Safety Home Chapter 16. Installation from Source Code
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html 2020-08-10 21:30:30.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html 2020-11-09 22:41:16.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.1. adminpack
F.1. adminpack
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.1. adminpack

+F.1. adminpack

F.1. adminpack
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.1. adminpack

adminpack provides a number of support functions which pgAdmin and other administration and management tools can use to provide additional functionality, such as remote management @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ directory. The log_filename parameter must have its default setting (postgresql-%Y-%m-%d_%H%M%S.log) to use this function. -

Prev Up Next
Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules Home F.2. amcheck
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules Home F.2. amcheck
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html 2020-08-10 21:30:30.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html 2020-11-09 22:41:16.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.2. amcheck
F.2. amcheck
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.2. amcheck

F.2.1. Functions
F.2.2. Optional heapallindexed verification
F.2.3. Using amcheck effectively
F.2.4. Repairing corruption

+F.2. amcheck

F.2. amcheck
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.2. amcheck

F.2.1. Functions
F.2.2. Optional heapallindexed verification
F.2.3. Using amcheck effectively
F.2.4. Repairing corruption

The amcheck module provides functions that allow you to verify the logical consistency of the structure of relations. If the structure appears to be valid, no error is raised. @@ -244,4 +244,4 @@ an invariant violation should be sought. pageinspect may play a useful role in diagnosing corruption that amcheck detects. A REINDEX may not be effective in repairing corruption. -

Prev Up Next
F.1. adminpack Home F.3. auth_delay
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
F.1. adminpack Home F.3. auth_delay
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html 2020-08-10 21:30:22.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -clusterdb
clusterdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

clusterdb

clusterdb — cluster a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

clusterdb [connection-option...] [ --verbose | -v ] +clusterdb

clusterdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

clusterdb

clusterdb — cluster a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

clusterdb [connection-option...] [ --verbose | -v ] [ --table | -t table @@ -21,12 +21,14 @@

-a
--all

Cluster all databases.

[-d] dbname
[--dbname=]dbname

- Specifies the name of the database to be clustered. - If this is not specified and -a (or - --all) is not used, the database name is read + Specifies the name of the database to be clustered, + when -a/--all is not used. + If this is not specified, the database name is read from the environment variable PGDATABASE. If that is not set, the user name specified for the connection is - used. + used. The dbname can be a connection string. If so, + connection string parameters will override any conflicting command + line options.

-e
--echo

Echo the commands that clusterdb generates and sends to the server. @@ -77,10 +79,16 @@ In some cases it is worth typing -W to avoid the extra connection attempt.

--maintenance-db=dbname

- Specifies the name of the database to connect to discover what other - databases should be clustered. If not specified, the - postgres database will be used, - and if that does not exist, template1 will be used. + Specifies the name of the database to connect to to discover which + databases should be clustered, + when -a/--all is used. + If not specified, the postgres database will be used, + or if that does not exist, template1 will be used. + This can be a connection + string. If so, connection string parameters will override any + conflicting command line options. Also, connection string parameters + other than the database name itself will be re-used when connecting + to other databases.

Environment

PGDATABASE
PGHOST
PGPORT
PGUSER

Default connection parameters @@ -107,4 +115,4 @@ xyzzy: 

 $ clusterdb --table=foo xyzzy
-

See Also

CLUSTER
Prev Up Next
PostgreSQL Client Applications Home createdb
\ No newline at end of file +

See Also

CLUSTER
Prev Up Next
PostgreSQL Client Applications Home createdb
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html 2020-08-10 21:30:22.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -createdb
createdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createdb

createdb — create a new PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

createdb [connection-option...] [option...] [dbname +createdb

createdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createdb

createdb — create a new PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

createdb [connection-option...] [option...] [dbname [description]]

Description

@@ -99,6 +99,9 @@ database will be used; if that does not exist (or if it is the name of the new database being created), template1 will be used. + This can be a connection + string. If so, connection string parameters will override any + conflicting command line options.

Environment

PGDATABASE

If set, the name of the database to create, unless overridden on @@ -133,4 +136,4 @@ 

 $ createdb -p 5000 -h eden -T template0 -e demo
 CREATE DATABASE demo TEMPLATE template0;
-
Prev Up Next
clusterdb Home createuser
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
clusterdb Home createuser
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html 2020-08-10 21:30:22.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -createuser
createuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createuser

createuser — define a new PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

createuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

+createuser

createuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createuser

createuser — define a new PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

createuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

createuser creates a new PostgreSQL user (or more precisely, a role). Only superusers and users with CREATEROLE privilege can create @@ -175,4 +175,4 @@ In the above example, the new password isn't actually echoed when typed, but we show what was typed for clarity. As you see, the password is encrypted before it is sent to the client. -

Prev Up Next
createdb Home dropdb
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
createdb Home dropdb
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html 2020-08-10 21:30:22.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dropdb
dropdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropdb

dropdb — remove a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

dropdb [connection-option...] [option...] dbname

Description

+dropdb

dropdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropdb

dropdb — remove a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

dropdb [connection-option...] [option...] dbname

Description

dropdb destroys an existing PostgreSQL database. The user who executes this command must be a database @@ -67,6 +67,9 @@ target database. If not specified, the postgres database will be used; if that does not exist (or is the database being dropped), template1 will be used. + This can be a connection + string. If so, connection string parameters will override any + conflicting command line options.

Environment

PGHOST
PGPORT
PGUSER

Default connection parameters @@ -97,4 +100,4 @@ Database "demo" will be permanently deleted. Are you sure? (y/n) y DROP DATABASE demo; -

Prev Up Next
createuser Home dropuser
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
createuser Home dropuser
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html 2020-08-10 21:30:22.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dropuser
dropuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropuser

dropuser — remove a PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

dropuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

+dropuser

dropuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropuser

dropuser — remove a PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

dropuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

dropuser removes an existing PostgreSQL user. Only superusers and users with the CREATEROLE privilege can @@ -96,4 +96,4 @@ Role "joe" will be permanently removed. Are you sure? (y/n) y DROP ROLE joe; -

Prev Up Next
dropdb Home ecpg
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
dropdb Home ecpg
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html 2020-08-10 21:30:22.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ecpg
ecpg
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

ecpg

ecpg — embedded SQL C preprocessor

Synopsis

ecpg [option...] file...

Description

+ecpg

ecpg
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

ecpg

ecpg — embedded SQL C preprocessor

Synopsis

ecpg [option...] file...

Description

ecpg is the embedded SQL preprocessor for C programs. It converts C programs with embedded SQL statements to normal C code by replacing the SQL invocations with special @@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ ecpg prog1.pgc cc -I/usr/local/pgsql/include -c prog1.c cc -o prog1 prog1.o -L/usr/local/pgsql/lib -lecpg -

Prev Up Next
dropuser Home pg_basebackup
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
dropuser Home pg_basebackup
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html 2020-11-09 22:41:10.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -initdb
initdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

initdb

initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

initdb [option...] [ --pgdata | -D ] directory

+initdb
initdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

initdb

initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

initdb [option...] [ --pgdata | -D ] directory

Description

initdb creates a new @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ initdb initializes the database cluster's default locale and character set encoding. The character set encoding, collation order (LC_COLLATE) and character set classes - (LC_CTYPE, e.g. upper, lower, digit) can be set separately + (LC_CTYPE, e.g., upper, lower, digit) can be set separately for a database when it is created. initdb determines those settings for the template1 database, which will serve as the default for all other databases. @@ -206,4 +206,4 @@

Notes

initdb can also be invoked via pg_ctl initdb. -

See Also

pg_ctl, postgres
Prev Up Next
PostgreSQL Server Applications Home pg_archivecleanup
\ No newline at end of file +

See Also

pg_ctl, postgres
Prev Up Next
PostgreSQL Server Applications Home pg_archivecleanup
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html 2020-08-10 21:30:24.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html 2020-11-09 22:41:10.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_ctl
pg_ctl
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_ctl

pg_ctl — initialize, start, stop, or control a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_ctl init[db] [-D datadir] [-s] [-o initdb-options]

pg_ctl start [-D datadir] [-l filename] [-W] [-t seconds] [-s] [-o options] [-p path] [-c]

pg_ctl stop [-D datadir] [-m +pg_ctl

pg_ctl
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_ctl

pg_ctl — initialize, start, stop, or control a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_ctl init[db] [-D datadir] [-s] [-o initdb-options]

pg_ctl start [-D datadir] [-l filename] [-W] [-t seconds] [-s] [-o options] [-p path] [-c]

pg_ctl stop [-D datadir] [-m s[mart] | f[ast] | i[mmediate] ] [-W] [-t seconds] [-s]

pg_ctl restart [-D datadir] [-m s[mart] | f[ast] | i[mmediate] @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ stop mode shuts down the server that is running in the specified data directory. Three different shutdown methods can be selected with the -m - option. “Smart” mode waits for all active - clients to disconnect and any online backup to finish. + option. “Smart” mode disallows new connections, then waits + for all existing clients to disconnect and any online backup to finish. If the server is in hot standby, recovery and streaming replication will be terminated once all clients have disconnected. “Fast” mode (the default) does not wait for clients to disconnect and @@ -281,4 +281,4 @@ /usr/local/pgsql/bin/postgres "-D" "/usr/local/pgsql/data" "-p" "5433" "-B" "128"

The second line is the command that would be invoked in restart mode. -

See Also

initdb, postgres
Prev Up Next
pg_controldata Home pg_resetwal
\ No newline at end of file +

See Also

initdb, postgres
Prev Up Next
pg_controldata Home pg_resetwal
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_dumpall
pg_dumpall
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dumpall

pg_dumpall — extract a PostgreSQL database cluster into a script file

Synopsis

pg_dumpall [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

+pg_dumpall

pg_dumpall
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dumpall

pg_dumpall — extract a PostgreSQL database cluster into a script file

Synopsis

pg_dumpall [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

pg_dumpall is a utility for writing out (“dumping”) all PostgreSQL databases of a cluster into one script file. The script file contains @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ a superuser name with -S, or preferably be careful to start the resulting script as a superuser.

--if-exists

- Use conditional commands (i.e. add an IF EXISTS + Use conditional commands (i.e., add an IF EXISTS clause) to drop databases and other objects. This option is not valid unless --clean is also specified.

--inserts

@@ -200,8 +200,8 @@ The following command-line options control the database connection parameters.

-d connstr
--dbname=connstr

- Specifies parameters used to connect to the server, as a connection - string. See Section 34.1.1 for more information. + Specifies parameters used to connect to the server, as a connction string; these + will override any conflicting command line options.

The option is called --dbname for consistency with other client applications, but because pg_dumpall @@ -321,4 +321,4 @@

See Also

Check pg_dump for details on possible error conditions. -

Prev Up Next
pg_dump Home pg_isready
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_dump Home pg_isready
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,16 +1,13 @@ -pg_isready
pg_isready
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_isready

pg_isready — check the connection status of a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_isready [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

+pg_isready

pg_isready
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_isready

pg_isready — check the connection status of a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_isready [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

pg_isready is a utility for checking the connection status of a PostgreSQL database server. The exit status specifies the result of the connection check.

Options

-d dbname
--dbname=dbname

- Specifies the name of the database to connect to. -

- If this parameter contains an = sign or starts - with a valid URI prefix - (postgresql:// - or postgres://), it is treated as a - conninfo string. See Section 34.1.1 for more information. + Specifies the name of the database to connect to. The + dbname can be a connection string. If so, + connection string parameters will override any conflicting command + line options.

-h hostname
--host=hostname

Specifies the host name of the machine on which the server is running. If the value begins @@ -74,4 +71,4 @@ $ echo $? 2

-

Prev Up Next
pg_dumpall Home pg_receivewal
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_dumpall Home pg_receivewal
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html 2020-08-10 21:30:22.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_basebackup
pg_basebackup
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_basebackup

pg_basebackup — take a base backup of a PostgreSQL cluster

Synopsis

pg_basebackup [option...]

+pg_basebackup
pg_basebackup
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_basebackup

pg_basebackup — take a base backup of a PostgreSQL cluster

Synopsis

pg_basebackup [option...]

Description

pg_basebackup is used to take base backups of @@ -269,8 +269,8 @@ The following command-line options control the database connection parameters.

-d connstr
--dbname=connstr

- Specifies parameters used to connect to the server, as a connection - string. See Section 34.1.1 for more information. + Specifies parameters used to connect to the server, as a connction string; these + will override any conflicting command line options.

The option is called --dbname for consistency with other client applications, but because pg_basebackup @@ -396,4 +396,4 @@ 

 $ pg_basebackup -D backup/data -T /opt/ts=$(pwd)/backup/ts

-

See Also

pg_dump
Prev Up Next
ecpg Home pgbench
\ No newline at end of file +

See Also

pg_dump

Prev Up Next
ecpg Home pgbench
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_config
pg_config
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_config

pg_config — retrieve information about the installed version of PostgreSQL

Synopsis

pg_config [option...]

Description

+pg_config

pg_config
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_config

pg_config — retrieve information about the installed version of PostgreSQL

Synopsis

pg_config [option...]

Description

The pg_config utility prints configuration parameters of the currently installed version of PostgreSQL. It is intended, for example, to be used by software packages that want to interface @@ -107,4 +107,4 @@ shell quotation marks so arguments with spaces are represented correctly. Therefore, using eval is required for proper results. -

Prev Up Next
pgbench Home pg_dump
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pgbench Home pg_dump
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html 2020-08-10 21:30:24.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html 2020-11-09 22:41:10.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_controldata
pg_controldata
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_controldata

pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_controldata [option] [[ --pgdata | -D ] datadir]

Description

+pg_controldata

pg_controldata
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_controldata

pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_controldata [option] [[ --pgdata | -D ] datadir]

Description

pg_controldata prints information initialized during initdb, such as the catalog version. It also shows information about write-ahead logging and checkpoint @@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ supported arguments.

Environment

PGDATA

Default data directory location -

Prev Up Next
pg_archivecleanup Home pg_ctl
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_archivecleanup Home pg_ctl
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_dump
pg_dump
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dump

pg_dump — +pg_dump

pg_dump
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dump

pg_dump — extract a PostgreSQL database into a script file or other archive file

Synopsis

pg_dump [connection-option...] [option...] [dbname]

Description @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@

To exclude data for all tables in the database, see --schema-only.

--if-exists

- Use conditional commands (i.e. add an IF EXISTS + Use conditional commands (i.e., add an IF EXISTS clause) when cleaning database objects. This option is not valid unless --clean is also specified.

--inserts

@@ -557,13 +557,10 @@

-d dbname
--dbname=dbname

Specifies the name of the database to connect to. This is equivalent to specifying dbname as the first non-option - argument on the command line. -

- If this parameter contains an = sign or starts - with a valid URI prefix - (postgresql:// - or postgres://), it is treated as a - conninfo string. See Section 34.1 for more information. + argument on the command line. The dbname + can be a connection string. + If so, connection string parameters will override any conflicting + command line options.

-h host
--host=host

Specifies the host name of the machine on which the server is running. If the value begins with a slash, it is used as the @@ -769,4 +766,4 @@ 

 $ pg_dump -t "\"MixedCaseName\"" mydb > mytab.sql
-

Prev Up Next
pg_config Home pg_dumpall
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
pg_config Home pg_dumpall
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_receivewal
pg_receivewal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_receivewal

pg_receivewal — stream write-ahead logs from a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_receivewal [option...]

+pg_receivewal
pg_receivewal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_receivewal

pg_receivewal — stream write-ahead logs from a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_receivewal [option...]

Description

pg_receivewal is used to stream the write-ahead log @@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ The following command-line options control the database connection parameters.

-d connstr
--dbname=connstr

- Specifies parameters used to connect to the server, as a connection - string. See Section 34.1.1 for more information. + Specifies parameters used to connect to the server, as a connction string; these + will override any conflicting command line options.

The option is called --dbname for consistency with other client applications, but because pg_receivewal @@ -203,4 +203,4 @@ /usr/local/pgsql/archive: 

 $ pg_receivewal -h mydbserver -D /usr/local/pgsql/archive
-
Prev Up Next
pg_isready Home pg_recvlogical
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_isready Home pg_recvlogical
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_recvlogical
pg_recvlogical
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_recvlogical

pg_recvlogical — control PostgreSQL logical decoding streams

Synopsis

pg_recvlogical [option...]

Description

+pg_recvlogical

pg_recvlogical
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_recvlogical

pg_recvlogical — control PostgreSQL logical decoding streams

Synopsis

pg_recvlogical [option...]

Description

pg_recvlogical controls logical decoding replication slots and streams data from such replication slots.

@@ -105,11 +105,12 @@

The following command-line options control the database connection parameters. -

-d database
--dbname=database

- The database to connect to. See the description of the actions for - what this means in detail. This can be a libpq connection string; - see Section 34.1.1 for more information. Defaults - to user name. +

-d dbname
--dbname=dbname

+ The database to connect to. See the description + of the actions for what this means in detail. + The dbname can be a connection string. If so, + connection string parameters will override any conflicting + command line options. Defaults to the user name.

-h hostname-or-ip
--host=hostname-or-ip

Specifies the host name of the machine on which the server is running. If the value begins with a slash, it is used as the @@ -162,4 +163,4 @@ cluster.

Examples

See Section 49.1 for an example. -

Prev Up Next
pg_receivewal Home pg_restore
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_receivewal Home pg_restore
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html 2020-08-10 21:30:24.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html 2020-11-09 22:41:10.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_resetwal
pg_resetwal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_resetwal

pg_resetwal — reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_resetwal [ --force | -f ] [ --dry-run | -n ] [option...] [ --pgdata | -D ] datadir

Description

+pg_resetwal

pg_resetwal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_resetwal

pg_resetwal — reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_resetwal [ --force | -f ] [ --dry-run | -n ] [option...] [ --pgdata | -D ] datadir

Description

pg_resetwal clears the write-ahead log (WAL) and optionally resets some other control information stored in the pg_control file. This function is sometimes needed @@ -152,4 +152,4 @@

pg_resetwal works only with servers of the same major version. -

Prev Up Next
pg_ctl Home pg_rewind
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_ctl Home pg_rewind
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html 2020-11-09 22:41:09.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_restore
pg_restore
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_restore

pg_restore — +pg_restore

pg_restore
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_restore

pg_restore — restore a PostgreSQL database from an archive file created by pg_dump

Synopsis

pg_restore [connection-option...] [option...] [filename]

Description

@@ -69,7 +69,10 @@ database name that appears in the archive.

-d dbname
--dbname=dbname

Connect to database dbname and restore directly - into the database. + into the database. The dbname can + be a connection string. + If so, connection string parameters will override any conflicting + command line options.

-e
--exit-on-error

Exit if an error is encountered while sending SQL commands to the database. The default is to continue and to display a count of @@ -250,7 +253,7 @@ Note that this option currently also requires the dump be in INSERT format, as COPY FROM does not support row security.

--if-exists

- Use conditional commands (i.e. add an IF EXISTS + Use conditional commands (i.e., add an IF EXISTS clause) to drop database objects. This option is not valid unless --clean is also specified.

--no-comments

@@ -480,4 +483,4 @@ items 10 and 6, in that order: 

 $ pg_restore -L db.list db.dump
-
Prev Up Next
pg_recvlogical Home psql
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
pg_recvlogical Home psql
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html 2020-08-10 21:30:24.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html 2020-11-09 22:41:10.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_rewind
pg_rewind
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_rewind

pg_rewind — synchronize a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from it

Synopsis

pg_rewind [option...] { -D | --target-pgdata } directory { --source-pgdata=directory | --source-server=connstr }

Description

+pg_rewind

pg_rewind
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_rewind

pg_rewind — synchronize a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from it

Synopsis

pg_rewind [option...] { -D | --target-pgdata } directory { --source-pgdata=directory | --source-server=connstr }

Description

pg_rewind is a tool for synchronizing a PostgreSQL cluster with another copy of the same cluster, after the clusters' timelines have diverged. A typical scenario is to bring an old master server back online @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ files might no longer be present. In that case, they can be manually copied from the WAL archive to the pg_wal directory, or fetched on startup by configuring recovery.conf. The use of - pg_rewind is not limited to failover, e.g. a standby - server can be promoted, run some write transactions, and then rewinded + pg_rewind is not limited to failover, e.g., a standby + server can be promoted, run some write transactions, and then rewound to become a standby again.

When the target server is started for the first time after running @@ -148,4 +148,4 @@ doesn't apply the WAL, it just creates a backup label file that makes PostgreSQL start by replaying all WAL from that checkpoint forward.) -

Prev Up Next
pg_resetwal Home pg_test_fsync
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_resetwal Home pg_test_fsync
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html 2020-08-10 21:30:24.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html 2020-11-09 22:41:10.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -postgres
postgres
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

postgres

postgres — PostgreSQL database server

Synopsis

postgres [option...]

Description

+postgres

postgres
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

postgres

postgres — PostgreSQL database server

Synopsis

postgres [option...]

Description

postgres is the PostgreSQL database server. In order for a client application to access a database it connects (over a @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@

To start postgres with a specific - port, e.g. 1234: + port, e.g., 1234: 

 $ postgres -p 1234

@@ -436,4 +436,4 @@

See Also

initdb, pg_ctl -

Prev Up Next
pg_waldump Home postmaster
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_waldump Home postmaster
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html 2020-08-10 21:30:24.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html 2020-11-09 22:41:10.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -postmaster
postmaster
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

postmaster

postmaster — PostgreSQL database server

Synopsis

postmaster [option...]

Description

+postmaster

postmaster
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

postmaster

postmaster — PostgreSQL database server

Synopsis

postmaster [option...]

Description

postmaster is a deprecated alias of postgres.

See Also

postgres -

Prev Up Next
postgres Home Part VII. Internals
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
postgres Home Part VII. Internals
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html 2020-11-09 22:41:10.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -psql
psql
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

psql

psql — +psql

psql
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

psql

psql — PostgreSQL interactive terminal

Synopsis

psql [option...] [dbname [username]]

Description

@@ -81,13 +81,10 @@

-d dbname
--dbname=dbname

Specifies the name of the database to connect to. This is equivalent to specifying dbname as the first non-option - argument on the command line. -

- If this parameter contains an = sign or starts - with a valid URI prefix - (postgresql:// - or postgres://), it is treated as a - conninfo string. See Section 34.1.1 for more information. + argument on the command line. The dbname + can be a connection string. + If so, connection string parameters will override any conflicting + command line options.

-e
--echo-queries

Copy all SQL commands sent to the server to standard output as well. This is equivalent @@ -218,7 +215,7 @@ Print the psql version and exit.

-w
--no-password

Never issue a password prompt. If the server requires password - authentication and a password is not available by other means + authentication and a password is not available from other sources such as a .pgpass file, the connection attempt will fail. This option can be useful in batch jobs and scripts where no user is present to enter a password. @@ -228,11 +225,13 @@ \connect as well as the initial connection attempt.

-W
--password

Force psql to prompt for a - password before connecting to a database. + password before connecting to a database, even if the password will + not be used.

- This option is never essential, since psql - will automatically prompt for a password if the server demands - password authentication. However, psql + If the server requires password authentication and a password is not + available from other sources such as a .pgpass + file, psql will prompt for a + password in any case. However, psql will waste a connection attempt finding out that the server wants a password. In some cases it is worth typing -W to avoid the extra connection attempt. @@ -280,7 +279,7 @@ variables.

Exit Status

psql returns 0 to the shell if it - finished normally, 1 if a fatal error of its own occurs (e.g. out of memory, + finished normally, 1 if a fatal error of its own occurs (e.g., out of memory, file not found), 2 if the connection to the server went bad and the session was not interactive, and 3 if an error occurred in a script and the variable ON_ERROR_STOP was set. @@ -348,7 +347,7 @@ the string =>. For example: 

 $ psql testdb
-psql (11.9)
+psql (11.10)
 Type "help" for help.
 
 testdb=>
@@ -470,28 +469,41 @@
         
\c or \connect [ -reuse-previous=on|off ] [ dbname [ username ] [ host ] [ port ] | conninfo ]

         Establishes a new connection to a PostgreSQL
         server.  The connection parameters to use can be specified either
-        using a positional syntax, or using conninfo connection
-        strings as detailed in Section 34.1.1.
+        using a positional syntax (one or more of database name, user,
+        host, and port), or using a conninfo
+        connection string as detailed in
+        Section 34.1.1.  If no arguments are given, a
+        new connection is made using the same parameters as before.
         

-        Where the command omits database name, user, host, or port, the new
-        connection can reuse values from the previous connection.  By default,
-        values from the previous connection are reused except when processing
-        a conninfo string.  Passing a first argument
-        of -reuse-previous=on
-        or -reuse-previous=off overrides that default.
-        When the command neither specifies nor reuses a particular parameter,
-        the libpq default is used.  Specifying any
+        Specifying any
         of dbname,
         username,
         host or
         port
         as - is equivalent to omitting that parameter.
         

+        The new connection can re-use connection parameters from the previous
+        connection; not only database name, user, host, and port, but other
+        settings such as sslmode.  By default,
+        parameters are re-used in the positional syntax, but not when
+        a conninfo string is given.  Passing a
+        first argument of -reuse-previous=on
+        or -reuse-previous=off overrides that default.  If
+        parameters are re-used, then any parameter not explicitly specified as
+        a positional parameter or in the conninfo
+        string is taken from the existing connection's parameters.  An
+        exception is that if the host setting
+        is changed from its previous value using the positional syntax,
+        any hostaddr setting present in the
+        existing connection's parameters is dropped.
+        When the command neither specifies nor reuses a particular parameter,
+        the libpq default is used.
+        

         If the new connection is successfully made, the previous
         connection is closed.
-        If the connection attempt failed (wrong user name, access
-        denied, etc.), the previous connection will only be kept if
-        psql is in interactive mode. When
+        If the connection attempt fails (wrong user name, access
+        denied, etc.), the previous connection will be kept if
+        psql is in interactive mode. But when
         executing a non-interactive script, processing will
         immediately stop with an error. This distinction was chosen as
         a user convenience against typos on the one hand, and a safety
@@ -503,6 +515,7 @@
 => \c mydb myuser host.dom 6432
 => \c service=foo
 => \c "host=localhost port=5432 dbname=mydb connect_timeout=10 sslmode=disable"
+=> \c -reuse-previous=on sslmode=require    -- changes only sslmode
 => \c postgresql://tom@localhost/mydb?application_name=myapp
\C [ title ]

Sets the title of any tables being printed as the result of a @@ -1564,7 +1577,7 @@ In latex-longtable format, this controls the proportional width of each column containing a left-aligned data type. It is specified as a whitespace-separated list of values, - e.g. '0.2 0.2 0.6'. Unspecified output columns + e.g., '0.2 0.2 0.6'. Unspecified output columns use the last specified value.

title (or C)

Sets the table title for any subsequently printed tables. This @@ -2312,7 +2325,7 @@ psql starts up. Tab-completion is also supported, although the completion logic makes no claim to be an SQL parser. The queries generated by tab-completion - can also interfere with other SQL commands, e.g. SET + can also interfere with other SQL commands, e.g., SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL. If for some reason you do not like the tab completion, you can turn it off by putting this in a file named @@ -2603,4 +2616,4 @@ (4 rows)

-

Prev Up Next
pg_restore Home reindexdb
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_restore Home reindexdb
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html 2020-11-09 22:41:10.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -reindexdb
reindexdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

reindexdb

reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

reindexdb [connection-option...] [option...] +reindexdb

reindexdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

reindexdb

reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

reindexdb [connection-option...] [option...] [ --schema | -S schema @@ -28,12 +28,14 @@

-a
--all

Reindex all databases.

[-d] dbname
[--dbname=]dbname

- Specifies the name of the database to be reindexed. - If this is not specified and -a (or - --all) is not used, the database name is read + Specifies the name of the database to be reindexed, + when -a/--all is not used. + If this is not specified, the database name is read from the environment variable PGDATABASE. If that is not set, the user name specified for the connection is - used. + used. The dbname can be a connection string. If so, + connection string parameters will override any conflicting command + line options.

-e
--echo

Echo the commands that reindexdb generates and sends to the server. @@ -95,10 +97,16 @@ In some cases it is worth typing -W to avoid the extra connection attempt.

--maintenance-db=dbname

- Specifies the name of the database to connect to discover what other - databases should be reindexed. If not specified, the - postgres database will be used, - and if that does not exist, template1 will be used. + Specifies the name of the database to connect to to discover which + databases should be reindexed, + when -a/--all is used. + If not specified, the postgres database will be used, + or if that does not exist, template1 will be used. + This can be a connection + string. If so, connection string parameters will override any + conflicting command line options. Also, connection string parameters + other than the database name itself will be re-used when connecting + to other databases.

Environment

PGDATABASE
PGHOST
PGPORT
PGUSER

Default connection parameters @@ -129,4 +137,4 @@ bar in a database named abcd: 

 $ reindexdb --table=foo --index=bar abcd
-

See Also

REINDEX
Prev Up Next
psql Home vacuumdb
\ No newline at end of file +

See Also

REINDEX
Prev Up Next
psql Home vacuumdb
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html 2020-08-10 21:30:23.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html 2020-11-09 22:41:10.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -vacuumdb
vacuumdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

vacuumdb

vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

vacuumdb [connection-option...] [option...] +vacuumdb

vacuumdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

vacuumdb

vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

vacuumdb [connection-option...] [option...] [ --table | -t table @@ -21,12 +21,14 @@

-a
--all

Vacuum all databases.

[-d] dbname
[--dbname=]dbname

- Specifies the name of the database to be cleaned or analyzed. - If this is not specified and -a (or - --all) is not used, the database name is read + Specifies the name of the database to be cleaned or analyzed, + when -a/--all is not used. + If this is not specified, the database name is read from the environment variable PGDATABASE. If that is not set, the user name specified for the connection is - used. + used. The dbname can be a connection string. If so, + connection string parameters will override any conflicting command + line options.

-e
--echo

Echo the commands that vacuumdb generates and sends to the server. @@ -114,10 +116,16 @@ In some cases it is worth typing -W to avoid the extra connection attempt.

--maintenance-db=dbname

- Specifies the name of the database to connect to discover what other - databases should be vacuumed. If not specified, the - postgres database will be used, - and if that does not exist, template1 will be used. + Specifies the name of the database to connect to to discover which + databases should be vacuumed, + when -a/--all is used. + If not specified, the postgres database will be used, + or if that does not exist, template1 will be used. + This can be a connection + string. If so, connection string parameters will override any + conflicting command line options. Also, connection string parameters + other than the database name itself will be re-used when connecting + to other databases.

Environment

PGDATABASE
PGHOST
PGPORT
PGUSER

Default connection parameters @@ -156,4 +164,4 @@ bar of the table for the optimizer: 

 $ vacuumdb --analyze --verbose --table='foo(bar)' xyzzy
-

See Also

VACUUM
Prev Up Next
reindexdb Home PostgreSQL Server Applications
\ No newline at end of file +

See Also

VACUUM
Prev Up Next
reindexdb Home PostgreSQL Server Applications
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html 2020-08-10 21:30:31.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html 2020-11-09 22:41:18.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Part VIII. Appendixes
Part VIII. Appendixes
Prev   Home Next

Part VIII. Appendixes

Table of Contents

A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
B. Date/Time Support
B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
B.3. Date/Time Key Words
B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
B.6. History of Units
C. SQL Key Words
D. SQL Conformance
D.1. Supported Features
D.2. Unsupported Features
D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
E. Release Notes
E.1. Release 11.9
E.2. Release 11.8
E.3. Release 11.7
E.4. Release 11.6
E.5. Release 11.5
E.6. Release 11.4
E.7. Release 11.3
E.8. Release 11.2
E.9. Release 11.1
E.10. Release 11
E.11. Prior Releases
F. Additional Supplied Modules
F.1. adminpack
F.2. amcheck
F.3. auth_delay
F.4. auto_explain
F.5. bloom
F.6. btree_gin
F.7. btree_gist
F.8. citext
F.9. cube
F.10. dblink
F.11. dict_int
F.12. dict_xsyn
F.13. earthdistance
F.14. file_fdw
F.15. fuzzystrmatch
F.16. hstore
F.17. intagg
F.18. intarray
F.19. isn
F.20. lo
F.21. ltree
F.22. pageinspect
F.23. passwordcheck
F.24. pg_buffercache
F.25. pgcrypto
F.26. pg_freespacemap
F.27. pg_prewarm
F.28. pgrowlocks
F.29. pg_stat_statements
F.30. pgstattuple
F.31. pg_trgm
F.32. pg_visibility
F.33. postgres_fdw
F.34. seg
F.35. sepgsql
F.36. spi
F.37. sslinfo
F.38. tablefunc
F.39. tcn
F.40. test_decoding
F.41. tsm_system_rows
F.42. tsm_system_time
F.43. unaccent
F.44. uuid-ossp
F.45. xml2
G. Additional Supplied Programs
G.1. Client Applications
G.2. Server Applications
H. External Projects
H.1. Client Interfaces
H.2. Administration Tools
H.3. Procedural Languages
H.4. Extensions
I. The Source Code Repository
I.1. Getting The Source via Git
J. Documentation
J.1. DocBook
J.2. Tool Sets
J.3. Building The Documentation
J.4. Documentation Authoring
J.5. Style Guide
K. Acronyms
Prev   Next
70.3. Planner Statistics and Security Home Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
\ No newline at end of file +Part VIII. Appendixes
Part VIII. Appendixes
Prev UpPostgreSQL 11.10 DocumentationHome Next

Part VIII. Appendixes

Table of Contents

A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
B. Date/Time Support
B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
B.3. Date/Time Key Words
B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
B.6. History of Units
C. SQL Key Words
D. SQL Conformance
D.1. Supported Features
D.2. Unsupported Features
D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
E. Release Notes
E.1. Release 11.10
E.2. Release 11.9
E.3. Release 11.8
E.4. Release 11.7
E.5. Release 11.6
E.6. Release 11.5
E.7. Release 11.4
E.8. Release 11.3
E.9. Release 11.2
E.10. Release 11.1
E.11. Release 11
E.12. Prior Releases
F. Additional Supplied Modules
F.1. adminpack
F.2. amcheck
F.3. auth_delay
F.4. auto_explain
F.5. bloom
F.6. btree_gin
F.7. btree_gist
F.8. citext
F.9. cube
F.10. dblink
F.11. dict_int
F.12. dict_xsyn
F.13. earthdistance
F.14. file_fdw
F.15. fuzzystrmatch
F.16. hstore
F.17. intagg
F.18. intarray
F.19. isn
F.20. lo
F.21. ltree
F.22. pageinspect
F.23. passwordcheck
F.24. pg_buffercache
F.25. pgcrypto
F.26. pg_freespacemap
F.27. pg_prewarm
F.28. pgrowlocks
F.29. pg_stat_statements
F.30. pgstattuple
F.31. pg_trgm
F.32. pg_visibility
F.33. postgres_fdw
F.34. seg
F.35. sepgsql
F.36. spi
F.37. sslinfo
F.38. tablefunc
F.39. tcn
F.40. test_decoding
F.41. tsm_system_rows
F.42. tsm_system_time
F.43. unaccent
F.44. uuid-ossp
F.45. xml2
G. Additional Supplied Programs
G.1. Client Applications
G.2. Server Applications
H. External Projects
H.1. Client Interfaces
H.2. Administration Tools
H.3. Procedural Languages
H.4. Extensions
I. The Source Code Repository
I.1. Getting The Source via Git
J. Documentation
J.1. DocBook
J.2. Tool Sets
J.3. Building The Documentation
J.4. Documentation Authoring
J.5. Style Guide
K. Acronyms
Prev Up Next
70.3. Planner Statistics and Security Home Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html 2020-08-10 21:30:08.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html 2020-11-09 22:40:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level

13.4.1. Enforcing Consistency With Serializable Transactions
13.4.2. Enforcing Consistency With Explicit Blocking Locks

+13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level

13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level

13.4.1. Enforcing Consistency With Serializable Transactions
13.4.2. Enforcing Consistency With Explicit Blocking Locks

It is very difficult to enforce business rules regarding data integrity using Read Committed transactions because the view of the data is shifting with each statement, and even a single statement may not @@ -111,4 +111,4 @@ UPDATE, or DELETE), so it is possible to obtain locks explicitly before the snapshot is frozen. -

Prev Up Next
13.3. Explicit Locking Home 13.5. Caveats
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
13.3. Explicit Locking Home 13.5. Caveats
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-recovery-settings.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-recovery-settings.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-recovery-settings.html 2020-08-10 21:30:11.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-recovery-settings.html 2020-11-09 22:40:58.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
Prev UpChapter 27. Recovery ConfigurationHome Next

27.1. Archive Recovery Settings

restore_command (string) +27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
Prev UpChapter 27. Recovery ConfigurationHome Next

27.1. Archive Recovery Settings

restore_command (string)

The local shell command to execute to retrieve an archived segment of @@ -78,4 +78,4 @@ anyway. An exception is that if the command was terminated by a signal or an error by the shell (such as command not found), the database will not proceed with startup. -

Prev Up Next
Chapter 27. Recovery Configuration Home 27.2. Recovery Target Settings
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
Chapter 27. Recovery Configuration Home 27.2. Recovery Target Settings
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html 2020-08-10 21:30:06.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html 2020-11-09 22:40:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.15. Arrays
8.15. Arrays
Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

8.15. Arrays

8.15.1. Declaration of Array Types
8.15.2. Array Value Input
8.15.3. Accessing Arrays
8.15.4. Modifying Arrays
8.15.5. Searching in Arrays
8.15.6. Array Input and Output Syntax

+8.15. Arrays

8.15. Arrays
Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

8.15. Arrays

8.15.1. Declaration of Array Types
8.15.2. Array Value Input
8.15.3. Accessing Arrays
8.15.4. Modifying Arrays
8.15.5. Searching in Arrays
8.15.6. Array Input and Output Syntax

PostgreSQL allows columns of a table to be defined as variable-length multidimensional arrays. Arrays of any built-in or user-defined base type, enum type, composite type, range type, @@ -642,4 +642,4 @@ with than the array-literal syntax when writing array values in SQL commands. In ARRAY, individual element values are written the same way they would be written when not members of an array. -

Prev Up Next
8.14. JSON Types Home 8.16. Composite Types
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
8.14. JSON Types Home 8.16. Composite Types
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.14. BSD Authentication
20.14. BSD Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.14. BSD Authentication

+20.14. BSD Authentication

20.14. BSD Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.14. BSD Authentication

This authentication method operates similarly to password except that it uses BSD Authentication to verify the password. BSD Authentication is used only @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ operating system user running the server) must first be added to the auth group. The auth group exists by default on OpenBSD systems. -

Prev Up Next
20.13. PAM Authentication Home 20.15. Authentication Problems
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
20.13. PAM Authentication Home 20.15. Authentication Problems
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.12. Certificate Authentication
20.12. Certificate Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.12. Certificate Authentication

+20.12. Certificate Authentication

20.12. Certificate Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.12. Certificate Authentication

This authentication method uses SSL client certificates to perform authentication. It is therefore only available for SSL connections. When using this authentication method, the server will require that @@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ method adds to the basic clientcert certificate validity test is a check that the cn attribute matches the database user name. -

Prev Up Next
20.11. RADIUS Authentication Home 20.13. PAM Authentication
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
20.11. RADIUS Authentication Home 20.13. PAM Authentication
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html 2020-08-10 21:30:30.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html 2020-11-09 22:41:16.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.3. auth_delay
F.3. auth_delay
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.3. auth_delay

F.3.1. Configuration Parameters
F.3.2. Author

+F.3. auth_delay

F.3. auth_delay
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.3. auth_delay

F.3.1. Configuration Parameters
F.3.2. Author

auth_delay causes the server to pause briefly before reporting authentication failure, to make brute-force attacks on database passwords more difficult. Note that it does nothing to prevent @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ auth_delay.milliseconds = '500'

F.3.2. Author

KaiGai Kohei -

Prev Up Next
F.2. amcheck Home F.4. auto_explain
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
F.2. amcheck Home F.4. auto_explain
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.8. Ident Authentication
20.8. Ident Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.8. Ident Authentication

+20.8. Ident Authentication

20.8. Ident Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.8. Ident Authentication

The ident authentication method works by obtaining the client's operating system user name from an ident server and using it as the allowed database user name (with an optional user name mapping). @@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ used when using the ident server with PostgreSQL, since PostgreSQL does not have any way to decrypt the returned string to determine the actual user name. -

Prev Up Next
20.7. SSPI Authentication Home 20.9. Peer Authentication
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
20.7. SSPI Authentication Home 20.9. Peer Authentication
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.10. LDAP Authentication
20.10. LDAP Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.10. LDAP Authentication

+20.10. LDAP Authentication

20.10. LDAP Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.10. LDAP Authentication

This authentication method operates similarly to password except that it uses LDAP as the password verification method. LDAP is used only to validate @@ -170,4 +170,4 @@ Since LDAP often uses commas and spaces to separate the different parts of a DN, it is often necessary to use double-quoted parameter values when configuring LDAP options, as shown in the examples. -

Prev Up Next
20.9. Peer Authentication Home 20.11. RADIUS Authentication
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
20.9. Peer Authentication Home 20.11. RADIUS Authentication
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.3. Authentication Methods
20.3. Authentication Methods
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.3. Authentication Methods

+20.3. Authentication Methods

20.3. Authentication Methods
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.3. Authentication Methods

PostgreSQL provides various methods for authenticating users: @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@

The following sections describe each of these authentication methods in more detail. -

Prev Up Next
20.2. User Name Maps Home 20.4. Trust Authentication
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
20.2. User Name Maps Home 20.4. Trust Authentication
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.13. PAM Authentication
20.13. PAM Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.13. PAM Authentication

+20.13. PAM Authentication

20.13. PAM Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.13. PAM Authentication

This authentication method operates similarly to password except that it uses PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) as the authentication mechanism. The @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ will fail because the PostgreSQL server is started by a non-root user. However, this is not an issue when PAM is configured to use LDAP or other authentication methods. -

Prev Up Next
20.12. Certificate Authentication Home 20.14. BSD Authentication
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
20.12. Certificate Authentication Home 20.14. BSD Authentication
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.5. Password Authentication
20.5. Password Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.5. Password Authentication

+20.5. Password Authentication

20.5. Password Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.5. Password Authentication

There are several password-based authentication methods. These methods operate similarly but differ in how the users' passwords are stored on the server and how the password provided by a client is sent across the @@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ in postgresql.conf, make all users set new passwords, and change the authentication method specifications in pg_hba.conf to scram-sha-256. -

Prev Up Next
20.4. Trust Authentication Home 20.6. GSSAPI Authentication
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
20.4. Trust Authentication Home 20.6. GSSAPI Authentication
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.9. Peer Authentication
20.9. Peer Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.9. Peer Authentication

+20.9. Peer Authentication

20.9. Peer Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.9. Peer Authentication

The peer authentication method works by obtaining the client's operating system user name from the kernel and using it as the allowed database user name (with optional user name mapping). This @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ most flavors of BSD including macOS, and Solaris. -

Prev Up Next
20.8. Ident Authentication Home 20.10. LDAP Authentication
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
20.8. Ident Authentication Home 20.10. LDAP Authentication
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.1. The pg_hba.conf File

+20.1. The pg_hba.conf File

20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.1. The pg_hba.conf File

Client authentication is controlled by a configuration file, which traditionally is named pg_hba.conf and is stored in the database @@ -435,4 +435,4 @@ # The database column can also use lists and file names: local db1,db2,@demodbs all md5 -


Prev Up Next
Chapter 20. Client Authentication Home 20.2. User Name Maps
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
Chapter 20. Client Authentication Home 20.2. User Name Maps
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.11. RADIUS Authentication
20.11. RADIUS Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.11. RADIUS Authentication

+20.11. RADIUS Authentication

20.11. RADIUS Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.11. RADIUS Authentication

This authentication method operates similarly to password except that it uses RADIUS as the password verification method. RADIUS is used only to validate @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ 

 host ... radius radiusservers="server1,server2" radiussecrets="""secret one"",""secret two"""

-

Prev Up Next
20.10. LDAP Authentication Home 20.12. Certificate Authentication
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
20.10. LDAP Authentication Home 20.12. Certificate Authentication
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.4. Trust Authentication
20.4. Trust Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.4. Trust Authentication

+20.4. Trust Authentication

20.4. Trust Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.4. Trust Authentication

When trust authentication is specified, PostgreSQL assumes that anyone who can connect to the server is authorized to access the database with @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ to the server by the pg_hba.conf lines that specify trust. It is seldom reasonable to use trust for any TCP/IP connections other than those from localhost (127.0.0.1). -

Prev Up Next
20.3. Authentication Methods Home 20.5. Password Authentication
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
20.3. Authentication Methods Home 20.5. Password Authentication
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.2. User Name Maps
20.2. User Name Maps
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.2. User Name Maps

+20.2. User Name Maps

20.2. User Name Maps
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next

20.2. User Name Maps

When using an external authentication system such as Ident or GSSAPI, the name of the operating system user that initiated the connection might not be the same as the database user (role) that is to be used. @@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ omicron robert bob # bryanh can also connect as guest1 omicron bryanh guest1 -


Prev Up Next
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File Home 20.3. Authentication Methods
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File Home 20.3. Authentication Methods
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html 2020-08-10 21:30:30.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html 2020-11-09 22:41:16.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.4. auto_explain
F.4. auto_explain
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.4. auto_explain

F.4.1. Configuration Parameters
F.4.2. Example
F.4.3. Author

+F.4. auto_explain

F.4. auto_explain
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.4. auto_explain

F.4.1. Configuration Parameters
F.4.2. Example
F.4.3. Author

The auto_explain module provides a means for logging execution plans of slow statements automatically, without having to run EXPLAIN @@ -153,4 +153,4 @@ Filter: indisunique

F.4.3. Author

Takahiro Itagaki -

Prev Up Next
F.3. auth_delay Home F.5. bloom
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
F.3. auth_delay Home F.5. bloom
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -25.1. SQL Dump
25.1. SQL Dump
Prev UpChapter 25. Backup and RestoreHome Next

25.1. SQL Dump

25.1.1. Restoring the Dump
25.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
25.1.3. Handling Large Databases

+25.1. SQL Dump

25.1. SQL Dump
Prev UpChapter 25. Backup and RestoreHome Next

25.1. SQL Dump

25.1.1. Restoring the Dump
25.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
25.1.3. Handling Large Databases

The idea behind this dump method is to generate a file with SQL commands that, when fed back to the server, will recreate the database in the same state as it was at the time of the dump. @@ -235,4 +235,4 @@ You can use pg_restore -j to restore a dump in parallel. This will work for any archive of either the "custom" or the "directory" archive mode, whether or not it has been created with pg_dump -j. -

Prev Up Next
Chapter 25. Backup and Restore Home 25.2. File System Level Backup
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
Chapter 25. Backup and Restore Home 25.2. File System Level Backup
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html 2020-08-10 21:30:10.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html 2020-11-09 22:40:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -25.2. File System Level Backup
25.2. File System Level Backup
Prev UpChapter 25. Backup and RestoreHome Next

25.2. File System Level Backup

+25.2. File System Level Backup

25.2. File System Level Backup
Prev UpChapter 25. Backup and RestoreHome Next

25.2. File System Level Backup

An alternative backup strategy is to directly copy the files that PostgreSQL uses to store the data in the database; Section 18.2 explains where these files @@ -88,4 +88,4 @@ than an SQL dump. (pg_dump does not need to dump the contents of indexes for example, just the commands to recreate them.) However, taking a file system backup might be faster. -

Prev Up Next
25.1. SQL Dump Home 25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
25.1. SQL Dump Home 25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html 2020-08-10 21:30:11.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html 2020-11-09 22:40:58.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 25. Backup and Restore
Chapter 25. Backup and Restore
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

Chapter 25. Backup and Restore

Table of Contents

25.1. SQL Dump
25.1.1. Restoring the Dump
25.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
25.1.3. Handling Large Databases
25.2. File System Level Backup
25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
25.3.1. Setting Up WAL Archiving
25.3.2. Making a Base Backup
25.3.3. Making a Base Backup Using the Low Level API
25.3.4. Recovering Using a Continuous Archive Backup
25.3.5. Timelines
25.3.6. Tips and Examples
25.3.7. Caveats

+Chapter 25. Backup and Restore

Chapter 25. Backup and Restore
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

Chapter 25. Backup and Restore

Table of Contents

25.1. SQL Dump
25.1.1. Restoring the Dump
25.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
25.1.3. Handling Large Databases
25.2. File System Level Backup
25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
25.3.1. Setting Up WAL Archiving
25.3.2. Making a Base Backup
25.3.3. Making a Base Backup Using the Low Level API
25.3.4. Recovering Using a Continuous Archive Backup
25.3.5. Timelines
25.3.6. Tips and Examples
25.3.7. Caveats

As with everything that contains valuable data, PostgreSQL databases should be backed up regularly. While the procedure is essentially simple, it is important to have a clear understanding of @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@

  • SQL dump

  • File system level backup

  • Continuous archiving

Each has its own strengths and weaknesses; each is discussed in turn in the following sections. -

Prev Up Next
24.3. Log File Maintenance Home 25.1. SQL Dump
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
24.3. Log File Maintenance Home 25.1. SQL Dump
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html 2020-08-10 21:30:16.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html 2020-11-09 22:41:03.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes

+Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes

Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes

PostgreSQL can be extended to run user-supplied code in separate processes. Such processes are started, stopped and monitored by postgres, which permits them to have a lifetime closely linked to the server's status. @@ -230,4 +230,4 @@

The maximum number of registered background workers is limited by max_worker_processes. -

Prev Up Next
SPI_start_transaction Home Chapter 49. Logical Decoding
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
SPI_start_transaction Home Chapter 49. Logical Decoding
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html 2020-08-10 21:30:31.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html 2020-11-09 22:41:18.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Bibliography
Bibliography
Prev   Home Next

Bibliography

+Bibliography

Bibliography
Prev UpPostgreSQL 11.10 DocumentationHome Next

Bibliography

Selected references and readings for SQL and PostgreSQL.

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ POSTGRES development team are available at the University of California, Berkeley, Computer Science Department web site. -

SQL Reference Books

[bowman01] The Practical SQL Handbook. Using SQL Variants. Fourth Edition. Judith Bowman, Sandra Emerson, and Marcy Darnovsky. ISBN 0-201-70309-2. Addison-Wesley Professional. 2001.

[date97] A Guide to the SQL Standard. A user's guide to the standard database language SQL. Fourth Edition. C. J. Date and Hugh Darwen. ISBN 0-201-96426-0. Addison-Wesley. 1997.

[date04] An Introduction to Database Systems. Eighth Edition. C. J. Date. ISBN 0-321-19784-4. Addison-Wesley. 2003.

[elma04] Fundamentals of Database Systems. Fourth Edition. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant Navathe. ISBN 0-321-12226-7. Addison-Wesley. 2003.

[melt93] Understanding the New SQL. A complete guide. Jim Melton and Alan R. Simon. ISBN 1-55860-245-3. Morgan Kaufmann. 1993.

[ull88] Principles of Database and Knowledge. Base Systems. Jeffrey D. Ullman. Volume 1. Computer Science Press. 1988.

PostgreSQL-specific Documentation

[sim98] Enhancement of the ANSI SQL Implementation of PostgreSQL. Stefan Simkovics. Department of Information Systems, Vienna University of Technology. Vienna, Austria. November 29, 1998.

[yu95] The Postgres95. User Manual. A. Yu and J. Chen. University of California. Berkeley, California. Sept. 5, 1995.

[fong] The +

Proceedings and Articles

[ports12] “Serializable Snapshot Isolation in PostgreSQL”. D. Ports and K. Grittner. VLDB Conference, August 2012.

[berenson95] “A Critique of ANSI SQL Isolation Levels”. H. Berenson, P. Bernstein, J. Gray, J. Melton, E. O'Neil, and P. O'Neil. ACM-SIGMOD Conference on Management of Data, June 1995.

[olson93] Partial indexing in POSTGRES: research project. Nels Olson. UCB Engin T7.49.1993 O676. University of California. Berkeley, California. 1993.

[ong90] “A Unified Framework for Version Modeling Using Production Rules in a Database System”. L. Ong and J. Goh. ERL Technical Memorandum M90/33. University of California. Berkeley, California. April, 1990.

[rowe87] “The POSTGRES data model”. L. Rowe and M. Stonebraker. VLDB Conference, Sept. 1987.

[seshadri95] “Generalized @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ system”. M. Stonebraker, M. Hearst, and S. Potamianos. SIGMOD Record 18(3). Sept. 1989.

[ston89b] “The case for partial indexes”. M. Stonebraker. SIGMOD Record 18(4). Dec. 1989. 4-11.

[ston90a] “The implementation of POSTGRES”. M. Stonebraker, L. A. Rowe, and M. Hirohama. Transactions on Knowledge and Data Engineering 2(1). IEEE. March 1990.

[ston90b] “On - Rules, Procedures, Caching and Views in Database Systems”. M. Stonebraker, A. Jhingran, J. Goh, and S. Potamianos. ACM-SIGMOD Conference on Management of Data, June 1990.

Prev   Next
J.5. Style Guide Home Index
\ No newline at end of file + Rules, Procedures, Caching and Views in Database Systems”. M. Stonebraker, A. Jhingran, J. Goh, and S. Potamianos. ACM-SIGMOD Conference on Management of Data, June 1990.

Prev Up Next
J.5. Style Guide Home Index
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html 2020-08-10 21:30:27.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html 2020-11-09 22:41:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -69.4. BKI Commands
69.4. BKI Commands
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

69.4. BKI Commands

+69.4. BKI Commands
69.4. BKI Commands
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

69.4. BKI Commands

create tablename tableoid @@ -111,4 +111,4 @@ is postponed.

build indices

Fill in the indices that have previously been declared. -

Prev Up Next
69.3. BKI File Format Home 69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
69.3. BKI File Format Home 69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html 2020-08-10 21:30:27.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html 2020-11-09 22:41:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -69.6. BKI Example
69.6. BKI Example
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

69.6. BKI Example

+69.6. BKI Example

69.6. BKI Example
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

69.6. BKI Example

The following sequence of commands will create the table test_table with OID 420, having two columns cola and colb of type @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ insert OID=422 ( 2 _null_ ) close test_table

-

Prev Up Next
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File Home Chapter 70. How the Planner Uses Statistics
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File Home Chapter 70. How the Planner Uses Statistics
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html 2020-08-10 21:30:27.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html 2020-11-09 22:41:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -69.3. BKI File Format
69.3. BKI File Format
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

69.3. BKI File Format

+69.3. BKI File Format

69.3. BKI File Format
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

69.3. BKI File Format

This section describes how the PostgreSQL backend interprets BKI files. This description will be easier to understand if the postgres.bki @@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ strings. Everything is case sensitive.

Lines starting with # are ignored. -

Prev Up Next
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data Home 69.4. BKI Commands
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data Home 69.4. BKI Commands
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html 2020-08-10 21:30:27.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html 2020-11-09 22:41:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File

+69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File

69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File

The open command cannot be used until the tables it uses exist and have entries for the table that is to be opened. (These minimum tables are pg_class, @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@

There are doubtless other, undocumented ordering dependencies. -

Prev Up Next
69.4. BKI Commands Home 69.6. BKI Example
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
69.4. BKI Commands Home 69.6. BKI Example
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html 2020-08-10 21:30:27.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html 2020-11-09 22:41:14.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents

Table of Contents

69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
69.2.1. Data File Format
69.2.2. OID Assignment
69.2.3. OID Reference Lookup
69.2.4. Recipes for Editing Data Files
69.3. BKI File Format
69.4. BKI Commands
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
69.6. BKI Example

+Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents

Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents

Table of Contents

69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
69.2.1. Data File Format
69.2.2. OID Assignment
69.2.3. OID Reference Lookup
69.2.4. Recipes for Editing Data Files
69.3. BKI File Format
69.4. BKI Commands
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
69.6. BKI Example

PostgreSQL uses many different system catalogs to keep track of the existence and properties of database objects, such as tables and functions. Physically there is no difference between a system @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@ and/or initial data files. The rest of this chapter gives some information about that, and for completeness describes the BKI file format. -

Prev Up Next
68.6. Database Page Layout Home 69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
68.6. Database Page Layout Home 69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html 2020-08-10 21:30:30.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html 2020-11-09 22:41:16.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.5. bloom
F.5. bloom
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.5. bloom

F.5.1. Parameters
F.5.2. Examples
F.5.3. Operator Class Interface
F.5.4. Limitations
F.5.5. Authors

+F.5. bloom

F.5. bloom
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.5. bloom

F.5.1. Parameters
F.5.2. Examples
F.5.3. Operator Class Interface
F.5.4. Limitations
F.5.5. Authors

bloom provides an index access method based on Bloom filters.

@@ -60,93 +60,100 @@ FROM generate_series(1,10000000); SELECT 10000000 -=# CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tbloom USING bloom (i1, i2, i3, i4, i5, i6); -CREATE INDEX -=# SELECT pg_size_pretty(pg_relation_size('bloomidx')); - pg_size_pretty ----------------- - 153 MB -(1 row) -=# CREATE index btreeidx ON tbloom (i1, i2, i3, i4, i5, i6); -CREATE INDEX -=# SELECT pg_size_pretty(pg_relation_size('btreeidx')); - pg_size_pretty ----------------- - 387 MB -(1 row)

A sequential scan over this large table takes a long time: 

 =# EXPLAIN ANALYZE SELECT * FROM tbloom WHERE i2 = 898732 AND i5 = 123451;
-                                                 QUERY PLAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Seq Scan on tbloom  (cost=0.00..213694.08 rows=1 width=24) (actual time=1445.438..1445.438 rows=0 loops=1)
+                                              QUERY PLAN                                              
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Seq Scan on tbloom  (cost=0.00..2137.14 rows=3 width=24) (actual time=18.372..18.373 rows=0 loops=1)
    Filter: ((i2 = 898732) AND (i5 = 123451))
-   Rows Removed by Filter: 10000000
- Planning time: 0.177 ms
- Execution time: 1445.473 ms
+   Rows Removed by Filter: 100000
+ Planning Time: 0.400 ms
+ Execution Time: 18.397 ms
 (5 rows)

- So the planner will usually select an index scan if possible. - With a btree index, we get results like this: + Even with the btree index defined the result will still be a + sequential scan: 

+=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx ON tbloom (i1, i2, i3, i4, i5, i6);
+CREATE INDEX
+=# SELECT pg_size_pretty(pg_relation_size('btreeidx'));
+ pg_size_pretty
+----------------
+ 3992 kB
+(1 row)
 =# EXPLAIN ANALYZE SELECT * FROM tbloom WHERE i2 = 898732 AND i5 = 123451;
-                                                           QUERY PLAN
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Index Only Scan using btreeidx on tbloom  (cost=0.56..298311.96 rows=1 width=24) (actual time=445.709..445.709 rows=0 loops=1)
-   Index Cond: ((i2 = 898732) AND (i5 = 123451))
-   Heap Fetches: 0
- Planning time: 0.193 ms
- Execution time: 445.770 ms
+                                              QUERY PLAN                                              
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Seq Scan on tbloom  (cost=0.00..2137.00 rows=2 width=24) (actual time=11.880..11.881 rows=0 loops=1)
+   Filter: ((i2 = 898732) AND (i5 = 123451))
+   Rows Removed by Filter: 100000
+ Planning Time: 0.154 ms
+ Execution Time: 11.896 ms
 (5 rows)

- Bloom is better than btree in handling this type of search: + Having the bloom index defined on the table is better than btree in + handling this type of search: 

+=# CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tbloom USING bloom (i1, i2, i3, i4, i5, i6);
+CREATE INDEX
+=# SELECT pg_size_pretty(pg_relation_size('bloomidx'));
+ pg_size_pretty
+----------------
+ 1584 kB
+(1 row)
 =# EXPLAIN ANALYZE SELECT * FROM tbloom WHERE i2 = 898732 AND i5 = 123451;
-                                                        QUERY PLAN
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Bitmap Heap Scan on tbloom  (cost=178435.39..178439.41 rows=1 width=24) (actual time=76.698..76.698 rows=0 loops=1)
+                                                     QUERY PLAN                                                      
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Bitmap Heap Scan on tbloom  (cost=1792.00..1799.69 rows=2 width=24) (actual time=0.388..0.388 rows=0 loops=1)
    Recheck Cond: ((i2 = 898732) AND (i5 = 123451))
-   Rows Removed by Index Recheck: 2439
-   Heap Blocks: exact=2408
-   ->  Bitmap Index Scan on bloomidx  (cost=0.00..178435.39 rows=1 width=0) (actual time=72.455..72.455 rows=2439 loops=1)
+   Rows Removed by Index Recheck: 25
+   Heap Blocks: exact=22
+   ->  Bitmap Index Scan on bloomidx  (cost=0.00..1792.00 rows=2 width=0) (actual time=0.358..0.358 rows=25 loops=1)
          Index Cond: ((i2 = 898732) AND (i5 = 123451))
- Planning time: 0.475 ms
- Execution time: 76.778 ms
+ Planning Time: 0.118 ms
+ Execution Time: 0.412 ms
 (8 rows)

- Note the relatively large number of false positives: 2439 rows were - selected to be visited in the heap, but none actually matched the - query. We could reduce that by specifying a larger signature length. - In this example, creating the index with length=200 - reduced the number of false positives to 55; but it doubled the index size - (to 306 MB) and ended up being slower for this query (125 ms overall).

Now, the main problem with the btree search is that btree is inefficient when the search conditions do not constrain the leading index column(s). A better strategy for btree is to create a separate index on each column. Then the planner will choose something like this: 

+=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx1 ON tbloom (i1);
+CREATE INDEX
+=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx2 ON tbloom (i2);
+CREATE INDEX
+=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx3 ON tbloom (i3);
+CREATE INDEX
+=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx4 ON tbloom (i4);
+CREATE INDEX
+=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx5 ON tbloom (i5);
+CREATE INDEX
+=# CREATE INDEX btreeidx6 ON tbloom (i6);
+CREATE INDEX
 =# EXPLAIN ANALYZE SELECT * FROM tbloom WHERE i2 = 898732 AND i5 = 123451;
-                                                          QUERY PLAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Bitmap Heap Scan on tbloom  (cost=9.29..13.30 rows=1 width=24) (actual time=0.148..0.148 rows=0 loops=1)
+                                                        QUERY PLAN                                                         
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Bitmap Heap Scan on tbloom  (cost=24.34..32.03 rows=2 width=24) (actual time=0.036..0.037 rows=0 loops=1)
    Recheck Cond: ((i5 = 123451) AND (i2 = 898732))
-   ->  BitmapAnd  (cost=9.29..9.29 rows=1 width=0) (actual time=0.145..0.145 rows=0 loops=1)
-         ->  Bitmap Index Scan on tbloom_i5_idx  (cost=0.00..4.52 rows=11 width=0) (actual time=0.089..0.089 rows=10 loops=1)
+   ->  BitmapAnd  (cost=24.34..24.34 rows=2 width=0) (actual time=0.033..0.034 rows=0 loops=1)
+         ->  Bitmap Index Scan on btreeidx5  (cost=0.00..12.04 rows=500 width=0) (actual time=0.032..0.032 rows=0 loops=1)
                Index Cond: (i5 = 123451)
-         ->  Bitmap Index Scan on tbloom_i2_idx  (cost=0.00..4.52 rows=11 width=0) (actual time=0.048..0.048 rows=8 loops=1)
+         ->  Bitmap Index Scan on btreeidx2  (cost=0.00..12.04 rows=500 width=0) (never executed)
                Index Cond: (i2 = 898732)
- Planning time: 2.049 ms
- Execution time: 0.280 ms
+ Planning Time: 0.531 ms
+ Execution Time: 0.072 ms
 (9 rows)

Although this query runs much faster than with either of the single - indexes, we pay a large penalty in index size. Each of the single-column - btree indexes occupies 214 MB, so the total space needed is over 1.2GB, - more than 8 times the space used by the bloom index. + indexes, we pay a penalty in index size. Each of the single-column + btree indexes occupies 2 MB, so the total space needed is 12 MB, + eight times the space used by the bloom index.

F.5.3. Operator Class Interface

An operator class for bloom indexes requires only a hash function for the indexed data type and an equality operator for searching. This example @@ -180,4 +187,4 @@

Oleg Bartunov , Postgres Professional, Moscow, Russia -

Prev Up Next
F.4. auto_explain Home F.6. btree_gin
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
F.4. auto_explain Home F.6. btree_gin
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html --- postgresql-11-11.9/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html 2020-08-10 21:30:32.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.10/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html 2020-11-09 22:41:19.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Index
Index
Prev   Home 

Index

Symbols +Index

Index
Prev UpPostgreSQL 11.10 DocumentationHome 

Index

Symbols | A | @@ -51,16 +51,16 @@ | Y | - Z

A

abbrev, Network Address Functions and Operators
ABORT, ABORT
abs, Mathematical Functions and Operators
acos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
acosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
administration tools
externally maintained, Administration Tools
adminpack, adminpack
advisory lock, Advisory Locks
age, Date/Time Functions and Operators
aggregate function, Aggregate Functions, Aggregate Expressions, Aggregate Functions, User-defined Aggregates
built-in, Aggregate Functions
invocation, Aggregate Expressions
moving aggregate, Moving-Aggregate Mode
ordered set, Ordered-Set Aggregates
partial aggregation, Partial Aggregation
polymorphic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
support functions for, Support Functions for Aggregates
user-defined, User-defined Aggregates
variadic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
AIX, AIX
installation on, AIX
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
akeys, hstore Operators and Functions
alias, Table and Column Aliases, Column Labels
for table name in query, Joins Between Tables
in the FROM clause, Table and Column Aliases
in the select list, Column Labels
ALL, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
allow_system_table_mods configuration parameter, Developer Options
ALTER AGGREGATE, ALTER AGGREGATE
ALTER COLLATION, ALTER COLLATION
ALTER CONVERSION, ALTER CONVERSION
ALTER DATABASE, ALTER DATABASE
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES, ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
ALTER DOMAIN, ALTER DOMAIN
ALTER EVENT TRIGGER, ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
ALTER EXTENSION, ALTER EXTENSION
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
ALTER FOREIGN TABLE, ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER FUNCTION
ALTER GROUP, ALTER GROUP
ALTER INDEX, ALTER INDEX
ALTER LANGUAGE, ALTER LANGUAGE
ALTER LARGE OBJECT, ALTER LARGE OBJECT
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW, ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
ALTER OPERATOR, ALTER OPERATOR
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS, ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY, ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
ALTER POLICY, ALTER POLICY
ALTER PROCEDURE, ALTER PROCEDURE
ALTER PUBLICATION, ALTER PUBLICATION
ALTER ROLE, Role Attributes, ALTER ROLE
ALTER ROUTINE, ALTER ROUTINE
ALTER RULE, ALTER RULE
ALTER SCHEMA, ALTER SCHEMA
ALTER SEQUENCE, ALTER SEQUENCE
ALTER SERVER, ALTER SERVER
ALTER STATISTICS, ALTER STATISTICS
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION, ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
ALTER SYSTEM, ALTER SYSTEM
ALTER TABLE, ALTER TABLE
ALTER TABLESPACE, ALTER TABLESPACE
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER, ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
ALTER TRIGGER, ALTER TRIGGER
ALTER TYPE, ALTER TYPE
ALTER USER, ALTER USER
ALTER USER MAPPING, ALTER USER MAPPING
ALTER VIEW, ALTER VIEW
amcheck, amcheck
ANALYZE, Updating Planner Statistics, ANALYZE
AND (operator), Logical Operators
anonymous code blocks, DO
any, Pseudo-Types
ANY, Aggregate Functions, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
anyarray, Pseudo-Types
anyelement, Pseudo-Types
anyenum, Pseudo-Types
anynonarray, Pseudo-Types
anyrange, Pseudo-Types
applicable role, applicable_roles
application_name configuration parameter, What To Log
arbitrary precision numbers, Arbitrary Precision Numbers
archive_cleanup_command recovery parameter, Archive Recovery Settings
archive_command configuration parameter, Archiving
archive_mode configuration parameter, Archiving
archive_timeout configuration parameter, Archiving
area, Geometric Functions and Operators
armor, armor(), dearmor()
array, Arrays
accessing, Accessing Arrays
constant, Array Value Input
constructor, Array Constructors
declaration, Declaration of Array Types
I/O, Array Input and Output Syntax
modifying, Modifying Arrays
of user-defined type, User-defined Types
searching, Searching in Arrays
ARRAY, Array Constructors, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
array_agg, Aggregate Functions, Functions
array_append, Array Functions and Operators
array_cat, Array Functions and Operators
array_dims, Array Functions and Operators
array_fill, Array Functions and Operators
array_length, Array Functions and Operators
array_lower, Array Functions and Operators
array_ndims, Array Functions and Operators
array_nulls configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
array_position, Array Functions and Operators
array_positions, Array Functions and Operators
array_prepend, Array Functions and Operators
array_remove, Array Functions and Operators
array_replace, Array Functions and Operators
array_to_json, JSON Functions and Operators
array_to_string, Array Functions and Operators
array_to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
array_upper, Array Functions and Operators
ascii, String Functions and Operators
asin, Mathematical Functions and Operators
asind, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ASSERT
in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
assertions
in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
asynchronous commit, Asynchronous Commit
AT TIME ZONE, AT TIME ZONE
atan, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atan2, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atan2d, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atand, Mathematical Functions and Operators
authentication_timeout configuration parameter, Authentication
auth_delay, auth_delay
auth_delay.milliseconds configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto-increment (see serial)
autocommit
bulk-loading data, Disable Autocommit
psql, Variables
autovacuum
configuration parameters, Automatic Vacuuming
general information, The Autovacuum Daemon
autovacuum configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_analyze_scale_factor configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_analyze_threshold configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_freeze_max_age configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_max_workers configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_naptime configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_scale_factor configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_threshold configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
auto_explain, auto_explain
auto_explain.log_analyze configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_buffers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_format configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_min_duration configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_nested_statements configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_timing configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_triggers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_verbose configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.sample_rate configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
avals, hstore Operators and Functions
average, Aggregate Functions
avg, Aggregate Functions

B

B-tree (see index)
backend_flush_after configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
Background workers, Background Worker Processes
backslash escapes, String Constants with C-style Escapes
backslash_quote configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
backup, Backup Control Functions, Backup and Restore
base type, The PostgreSQL Type System
BASE_BACKUP, Streaming Replication Protocol
BEGIN, BEGIN
BETWEEN, Comparison Functions and Operators
BETWEEN SYMMETRIC, Comparison Functions and Operators
BGWORKER_BACKEND_DATABASE_CONNECTION, Background Worker Processes
BGWORKER_SHMEM_ACCESS, Background Worker Processes
bgwriter_delay configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_flush_after configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_lru_maxpages configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_lru_multiplier configuration parameter, Background Writer
bigint, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
bigserial, Serial Types
binary data, Binary Data Types, Binary String Functions and Operators
functions, Binary String Functions and Operators
binary string
concatenation, Binary String Functions and Operators
length, Binary String Functions and Operators
bison, Requirements
bit string, Bit-string Constants, Bit String Types
constant, Bit-string Constants
data type, Bit String Types
bit strings, Bit String Functions and Operators
functions, Bit String Functions and Operators
bitmap scan, Combining Multiple Indexes, Planner Method Configuration
bit_and, Aggregate Functions
bit_length, String Functions and Operators
bit_or, Aggregate Functions
BLOB (see large object)
block_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
bloom, bloom
bonjour configuration parameter, Connection Settings
bonjour_name configuration parameter, Connection Settings
Boolean, Boolean Type
data type, Boolean Type
operators (see operators, logical)
bool_and, Aggregate Functions
bool_or, Aggregate Functions
booting
starting the server during, Starting the Database Server
box, Geometric Functions and Operators
box (data type), Boxes
BRIN (see index)
brin_desummarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
brin_metapage_info, BRIN Functions
brin_page_items, BRIN Functions
brin_page_type, BRIN Functions
brin_revmap_data, BRIN Functions
brin_summarize_new_values, Index Maintenance Functions
brin_summarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
broadcast, Network Address Functions and Operators
BSD Authentication, BSD Authentication
btree_gin, btree_gin
btree_gist, btree_gist
btrim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
bt_index_check, Functions
bt_index_parent_check, Functions
bt_metap, B-tree Functions
bt_page_items, B-tree Functions
bt_page_stats, B-tree Functions
bytea, Binary Data Types
bytea_output configuration parameter, Statement Behavior

C

C, libpq - C Library, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
C++, Using C++ for Extensibility
CALL, CALL
canceling, Canceling Queries in Progress
SQL command, Canceling Queries in Progress
cardinality, Array Functions and Operators
CASCADE, Dependency Tracking
with DROP, Dependency Tracking
foreign key action, Foreign Keys
Cascading Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
CASE, Conditional Expressions, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
case sensitivity
of SQL commands, Identifiers and Key Words
cast, CREATE CAST
I/O conversion, CREATE CAST
cbrt, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ceil, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ceiling, Mathematical Functions and Operators
center, Geometric Functions and Operators
Certificate, Certificate Authentication
char, Character Types
character, Character Types
character set, Locale and Formatting, Preset Options, Character Set Support
character string, String Constants, Character Types
concatenation, String Functions and Operators
constant, String Constants
data types, Character Types
length, String Functions and Operators
character varying, Character Types
char_length, String Functions and Operators
check constraint, Check Constraints
CHECK OPTION, CREATE VIEW
checkpoint, WAL Configuration
CHECKPOINT, CHECKPOINT
checkpoint_completion_target configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_flush_after configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_timeout configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_warning configuration parameter, Checkpoints
check_function_bodies configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
chr, String Functions and Operators
cid, Object Identifier Types
cidr, cidr
circle, Circles, Geometric Functions and Operators
citext, citext
client authentication, Client Authentication
timeout during, Authentication
client_encoding configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
client_min_messages configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
clock_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
CLOSE, CLOSE
cluster
of databases (see database cluster)
CLUSTER, CLUSTER
clusterdb, clusterdb
clustering, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
cluster_name configuration parameter, Process Title
cmax, System Columns
cmin, System Columns
COALESCE, COALESCE
COLLATE, Collation Expressions
collation, Collation Support
in PL/pgSQL, Collation of PL/pgSQL Variables
in SQL functions, SQL Functions with Collations
collation for, System Information Functions
column, Concepts, Table Basics
adding, Adding a Column
removing, Removing a Column
renaming, Renaming a Column
system column, System Columns
column data type
changing, Changing a Column's Data Type
column reference, Column References
col_description, System Information Functions
comment, Comments
about database objects, System Information Functions
in SQL, Comments
COMMENT, COMMENT
COMMIT, COMMIT
COMMIT PREPARED, COMMIT PREPARED
commit_delay configuration parameter, Settings
commit_siblings configuration parameter, Settings
common table expression (see WITH)
comparison, Comparison Functions and Operators, Subquery Expressions
composite type, Row and Array Comparisons
operators, Comparison Functions and Operators
row constructor, Row and Array Comparisons
subquery result row, Subquery Expressions
compiling, Building libpq Programs
libpq applications, Building libpq Programs
composite type, Composite Types, The PostgreSQL Type System
comparison, Row and Array Comparisons
constant, Constructing Composite Values
constructor, Row Constructors
computed field, Using Composite Types in Queries
concat, String Functions and Operators
concat_ws, String Functions and Operators
concurrency, Concurrency Control
conditional expression, Conditional Expressions
configuration
of recovery
of a standby server, Recovery Configuration
of the server, Server Configuration
of the server
functions, Configuration Settings Functions
configure, Installation Procedure
config_file configuration parameter, File Locations
conjunction, Logical Operators
connectby, Functions Provided, connectby
connection service file, The Connection Service File
conninfo, Connection Strings
constant, Constants
constraint, Constraints
adding, Adding a Constraint
check, Check Constraints
exclusion, Exclusion Constraints
foreign key, Foreign Keys
name, Check Constraints
NOT NULL, Not-Null Constraints
primary key, Primary Keys
removing, Removing a Constraint
unique, Unique Constraints
constraint exclusion, Partitioning and Constraint Exclusion, Other Planner Options
constraint_exclusion configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
container type, The PostgreSQL Type System
CONTINUE
in PL/pgSQL, CONTINUE
continuous archiving, Backup and Restore
in standby, Continuous archiving in standby
control file, Extension Files
convert, String Functions and Operators
convert_from, String Functions and Operators
convert_to, String Functions and Operators
COPY, Populating a Table With Rows, Functions Associated with the COPY Command, COPY
with libpq, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
corr, Aggregate Functions
correlation, Aggregate Functions
in the query planner, Extended Statistics
cos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cot, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cotd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
count, Aggregate Functions
covariance
population, Aggregate Functions
sample, Aggregate Functions
covar_pop, Aggregate Functions
covar_samp, Aggregate Functions
covering index, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
cpu_index_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
cpu_operator_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
cpu_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
CREATE ACCESS METHOD, CREATE ACCESS METHOD
CREATE AGGREGATE, CREATE AGGREGATE
CREATE CAST, CREATE CAST
CREATE COLLATION, CREATE COLLATION
CREATE CONVERSION, CREATE CONVERSION
CREATE DATABASE, Creating a Database, CREATE DATABASE
CREATE DOMAIN, CREATE DOMAIN
CREATE EVENT TRIGGER, CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
CREATE EXTENSION, CREATE EXTENSION
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE, CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE FUNCTION
CREATE GROUP, CREATE GROUP
CREATE INDEX, CREATE INDEX
CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE LANGUAGE
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW, CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
CREATE OPERATOR, CREATE OPERATOR
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS, CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY, CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
CREATE POLICY, CREATE POLICY
CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE PROCEDURE
CREATE PUBLICATION, CREATE PUBLICATION
CREATE ROLE, Database Roles, CREATE ROLE
CREATE RULE, CREATE RULE
CREATE SCHEMA, CREATE SCHEMA
CREATE SEQUENCE, CREATE SEQUENCE
CREATE SERVER, CREATE SERVER
CREATE STATISTICS, CREATE STATISTICS
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION, CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
CREATE TABLE, Creating a New Table, CREATE TABLE
CREATE TABLE AS, CREATE TABLE AS
CREATE TABLESPACE, Tablespaces, CREATE TABLESPACE
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER, CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
CREATE TRANSFORM, CREATE TRANSFORM
CREATE TRIGGER, CREATE TRIGGER
CREATE TYPE, CREATE TYPE
CREATE USER, CREATE USER
CREATE USER MAPPING, CREATE USER MAPPING
CREATE VIEW, CREATE VIEW
createdb, Creating a Database, Creating a Database, createdb
createuser, Database Roles, createuser
CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
cross compilation, Installation Procedure
cross join, Joined Tables
crosstab, crosstab(text), crosstabN(text), crosstab(text, text)
crypt, crypt()
cstring, Pseudo-Types
ctid, System Columns
CTID, View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
CUBE, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
cube (extension), cube
cume_dist, Window Functions
hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
current_catalog, System Information Functions
current_database, System Information Functions
current_date, Date/Time Functions and Operators
current_logfiles
and the log_destination configuration parameter, Where To Log
and the pg_current_logfile function, System Information Functions
current_query, System Information Functions
current_role, System Information Functions
current_schema, System Information Functions
current_schemas, System Information Functions
current_setting, Configuration Settings Functions
current_time, Date/Time Functions and Operators
current_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
current_user, System Information Functions
currval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
cursor, Cursors, CLOSE, DECLARE, EXPLAIN, FETCH, MOVE
CLOSE, CLOSE
DECLARE, DECLARE
FETCH, FETCH
in PL/pgSQL, Cursors
MOVE, MOVE
showing the query plan, EXPLAIN
cursor_tuple_fraction configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
custom scan provider, Writing A Custom Scan Provider
handler for, Writing A Custom Scan Provider
Cygwin, Cygwin
installation on, Cygwin

D

data area (see database cluster)
data partitioning, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
data type, Data Types, Numeric Types, Enumerated Types, Domain Types, Type Conversion, The PostgreSQL Type System, The PostgreSQL Type System, The PostgreSQL Type System, Polymorphic Types, Base Types in C-Language Functions, User-defined Types
base, The PostgreSQL Type System
category, Overview
composite, The PostgreSQL Type System
constant, Constants of Other Types
container, The PostgreSQL Type System
conversion, Type Conversion
domain, Domain Types
enumerated (enum), Enumerated Types
internal organization, Base Types in C-Language Functions
numeric, Numeric Types
polymorphic, Polymorphic Types
type cast, Type Casts
user-defined, User-defined Types
database, Creating a Database, Managing Databases
creating, Creating a Database
privilege to create, Role Attributes
database activity, Monitoring Database Activity
monitoring, Monitoring Database Activity
database cluster, Concepts, Creating a Database Cluster
data_checksums configuration parameter, Preset Options
data_directory configuration parameter, File Locations
data_directory_mode configuration parameter, Preset Options
data_sync_retry configuration parameter, Error Handling
date, Date/Time Types, Dates
constants, Special Values
current, Current Date/Time
output format, Date/Time Output
(see also formatting)
DateStyle configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
date_part, Date/Time Functions and Operators, EXTRACT, date_part
date_trunc, Date/Time Functions and Operators, date_trunc
dblink, dblink, dblink
dblink_build_sql_delete, dblink_build_sql_delete
dblink_build_sql_insert, dblink_build_sql_insert
dblink_build_sql_update, dblink_build_sql_update
dblink_cancel_query, dblink_cancel_query
dblink_close, dblink_close
dblink_connect, dblink_connect
dblink_connect_u, dblink_connect_u
dblink_disconnect, dblink_disconnect
dblink_error_message, dblink_error_message
dblink_exec, dblink_exec
dblink_fetch, dblink_fetch
dblink_get_connections, dblink_get_connections
dblink_get_notify, dblink_get_notify
dblink_get_pkey, dblink_get_pkey
dblink_get_result, dblink_get_result
dblink_is_busy, dblink_is_busy
dblink_open, dblink_open
dblink_send_query, dblink_send_query
db_user_namespace configuration parameter, Authentication
deadlock, Deadlocks
timeout during, Lock Management
deadlock_timeout configuration parameter, Lock Management
DEALLOCATE, DEALLOCATE
dearmor, armor(), dearmor()
debug_assertions configuration parameter, Preset Options
debug_deadlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
debug_pretty_print configuration parameter, What To Log
debug_print_parse configuration parameter, What To Log
debug_print_plan configuration parameter, What To Log
debug_print_rewritten configuration parameter, What To Log
decimal (see numeric)
DECLARE, DECLARE
decode, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
decode_bytea
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
decrypt, Raw Encryption Functions
decrypt_iv, Raw Encryption Functions
default value, Default Values
changing, Changing a Column's Default Value
default_statistics_target configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
default_tablespace configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_text_search_config configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
default_transaction_deferrable configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_transaction_isolation configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_transaction_read_only configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_with_oids configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
deferrable transaction
setting, SET TRANSACTION
setting default, Statement Behavior
defined, hstore Operators and Functions
degrees, Mathematical Functions and Operators
delay, Delaying Execution
DELETE, Deletions, Deleting Data, Returning Data From Modified Rows, DELETE
RETURNING, Returning Data From Modified Rows
delete, hstore Operators and Functions
deleting, Deleting Data
dense_rank, Window Functions
hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
diameter, Geometric Functions and Operators
dict_int, dict_int
dict_xsyn, dict_xsyn
difference, Soundex
digest, digest()
dirty read, Transaction Isolation
DISCARD, DISCARD
disjunction, Logical Operators
disk drive, WAL Internals
disk space, Recovering Disk Space
disk usage, Determining Disk Usage
DISTINCT, Querying a Table, DISTINCT
div, Mathematical Functions and Operators
dmetaphone, Double Metaphone
dmetaphone_alt, Double Metaphone
DO, DO
document, What Is a Document?
text search, What Is a Document?
dollar quoting, Dollar-quoted String Constants
domain, Domain Types
double precision, Floating-Point Types
DROP ACCESS METHOD, DROP ACCESS METHOD
DROP AGGREGATE, DROP AGGREGATE
DROP CAST, DROP CAST
DROP COLLATION, DROP COLLATION
DROP CONVERSION, DROP CONVERSION
DROP DATABASE, Destroying a Database, DROP DATABASE
DROP DOMAIN, DROP DOMAIN
DROP EVENT TRIGGER, DROP EVENT TRIGGER
DROP EXTENSION, DROP EXTENSION
DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
DROP FOREIGN TABLE, DROP FOREIGN TABLE
DROP FUNCTION, DROP FUNCTION
DROP GROUP, DROP GROUP
DROP INDEX, DROP INDEX
DROP LANGUAGE, DROP LANGUAGE
DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW, DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
DROP OPERATOR, DROP OPERATOR
DROP OPERATOR CLASS, DROP OPERATOR CLASS
DROP OPERATOR FAMILY, DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
DROP OWNED, DROP OWNED
DROP POLICY, DROP POLICY
DROP PROCEDURE, DROP PROCEDURE
DROP PUBLICATION, DROP PUBLICATION
DROP ROLE, Database Roles, DROP ROLE
DROP ROUTINE, DROP ROUTINE
DROP RULE, DROP RULE
DROP SCHEMA, DROP SCHEMA
DROP SEQUENCE, DROP SEQUENCE
DROP SERVER, DROP SERVER
DROP STATISTICS, DROP STATISTICS
DROP SUBSCRIPTION, DROP SUBSCRIPTION
DROP TABLE, Creating a New Table, DROP TABLE
DROP TABLESPACE, DROP TABLESPACE
DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER, DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
DROP TRANSFORM, DROP TRANSFORM
DROP TRIGGER, DROP TRIGGER
DROP TYPE, DROP TYPE
DROP USER, DROP USER
DROP USER MAPPING, DROP USER MAPPING
DROP VIEW, DROP VIEW
dropdb, Destroying a Database, dropdb
dropuser, Database Roles, dropuser
DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
DTD, Creating XML Values
DTrace, Installation Procedure, Dynamic Tracing
duplicate, Querying a Table
duplicates, DISTINCT
dynamic loading, Other Defaults, Dynamic Loading
dynamic_library_path, Dynamic Loading
dynamic_library_path configuration parameter, Other Defaults
dynamic_shared_memory_type configuration parameter, Memory

E

each, hstore Operators and Functions
earth, Cube-based Earth Distances
earthdistance, earthdistance
earth_box, Cube-based Earth Distances
earth_distance, Cube-based Earth Distances
ECPG, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
ecpg, ecpg
effective_cache_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
effective_io_concurrency configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
elog, Reporting Errors Within the Server
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
in PL/Python, Utility Functions
in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
embedded SQL, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
in C, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
enabled role, enabled_roles
enable_bitmapscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_gathermerge configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_hashagg configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_hashjoin configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_indexonlyscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_indexscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_material configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_mergejoin configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_nestloop configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_parallel_append configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_parallel_hash configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_partitionwise_aggregate configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_partitionwise_join configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_partition_pruning configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_seqscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_sort configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_tidscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
encode, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
encode_array_constructor
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encode_array_literal
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encode_bytea
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encode_typed_literal
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encrypt, Raw Encryption Functions
encryption, Encryption Options, pgcrypto
for specific columns, pgcrypto
encrypt_iv, Raw Encryption Functions
END, END
enumerated types, Enumerated Types
enum_first, Enum Support Functions
enum_last, Enum Support Functions
enum_range, Enum Support Functions
environment variable, Environment Variables
ephemeral named relation
registering with SPI, SPI_register_relation, SPI_register_trigger_data
unregistering from SPI, SPI_unregister_relation
ereport, Reporting Errors Within the Server
error codes, PostgreSQL Error Codes
libpq, Main Functions
list of, PostgreSQL Error Codes
error message, Connection Status Functions
escape string syntax, String Constants with C-style Escapes
escape_string_warning configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
escaping strings, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
in libpq, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
event log, Registering Event Log on Windows
event log, Registering Event Log on Windows
event trigger, Event Triggers, Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
in C, Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
in PL/Tcl, Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
event_source configuration parameter, Where To Log
event_trigger, Pseudo-Types
every, Aggregate Functions
EXCEPT, Combining Queries
exceptions
in PL/pgSQL, Trapping Errors
in PL/Tcl, Error Handling in PL/Tcl
exclusion constraint, Exclusion Constraints
EXECUTE, EXECUTE
exist, hstore Operators and Functions
EXISTS, Subquery Expressions
EXIT
in PL/pgSQL, EXIT
exit_on_error configuration parameter, Error Handling
exp, Mathematical Functions and Operators
EXPLAIN, Using EXPLAIN, EXPLAIN
expression, Value Expressions
order of evaluation, Expression Evaluation Rules
syntax, Value Expressions
extending SQL, Extending SQL
extension, Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
externally maintained, Extensions
external_pid_file configuration parameter, File Locations
extract, Date/Time Functions and Operators, EXTRACT, date_part
extra_float_digits configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting

F

failover, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
false, Boolean Type
family, Network Address Functions and Operators
fast path, The Fast-Path Interface
fdw_handler, Pseudo-Types
FETCH, FETCH
field
computed, Using Composite Types in Queries
field selection, Field Selection
file system mount points, Use of Secondary File Systems
file_fdw, file_fdw
FILTER, Aggregate Expressions
first_value, Window Functions
flex, Requirements
float4 (see real)
float8 (see double precision)
floating point, Floating-Point Types
floating-point
display, Locale and Formatting
floor, Mathematical Functions and Operators
force_parallel_mode configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
foreign data, Foreign Data
foreign data wrapper, Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
handler for, Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
foreign key, Foreign Keys, Foreign Keys
foreign table, Foreign Data
format, String Functions and Operators, format
use in PL/pgSQL, Executing Dynamic Commands
formatting, Data Type Formatting Functions
format_type, System Information Functions
Free Space Map, Free Space Map
FreeBSD
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
from_collapse_limit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
FSM (see Free Space Map)
fsm_page_contents, General Functions
fsync configuration parameter, Settings
full text search, Text Search Types, Text Search Types, Full Text Search
data types, Text Search Types
functions and operators, Text Search Types
full_page_writes configuration parameter, Settings
function, Table Functions, Functions and Operators, Functions, Polymorphic Types, User-defined Functions, Query Language (SQL) Functions, Internal Functions, C-Language Functions
default values for arguments, SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
in the FROM clause, Table Functions
internal, Internal Functions
invocation, Function Calls
mixed notation, Using Mixed Notation
named argument, Arguments for SQL Functions
named notation, Using Named Notation
output parameter, SQL Functions with Output Parameters
polymorphic, Polymorphic Types
positional notation, Using Positional Notation
RETURNS TABLE, SQL Functions Returning TABLE
type resolution in an invocation, Functions
user-defined, User-defined Functions, Query Language (SQL) Functions, C-Language Functions
in C, C-Language Functions
in SQL, Query Language (SQL) Functions
variadic, SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
with SETOF, SQL Functions Returning Sets
functional dependency, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
fuzzystrmatch, fuzzystrmatch

G

gc_to_sec, Cube-based Earth Distances
generate_series, Set Returning Functions
generate_subscripts, Set Returning Functions
genetic query optimization, Genetic Query Optimizer
gen_random_bytes, Random-Data Functions
gen_random_uuid, Random-Data Functions
gen_salt, gen_salt()
GEQO (see genetic query optimization)
geqo configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_effort configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_generations configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_pool_size configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_seed configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_selection_bias configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_threshold configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
get_bit, Binary String Functions and Operators
get_byte, Binary String Functions and Operators
get_current_ts_config, Text Search Functions and Operators
get_raw_page, General Functions
GIN (see index)
gin_clean_pending_list, Index Maintenance Functions
gin_fuzzy_search_limit configuration parameter, Other Defaults
gin_leafpage_items, GIN Functions
gin_metapage_info, GIN Functions
gin_page_opaque_info, GIN Functions
gin_pending_list_limit configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
GiST (see index)
global data, Global Data in PL/Tcl
in PL/Python, Sharing Data
in PL/Tcl, Global Data in PL/Tcl
GRANT, Privileges, GRANT
GREATEST, GREATEST and LEAST, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
Gregorian calendar, History of Units
GROUP BY, Aggregate Functions, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
grouping, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
GROUPING, Aggregate Functions
GROUPING SETS, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
GSSAPI, GSSAPI Authentication
GUID, UUID Type

H

hash (see index)
hash_bitmap_info, Hash Functions
hash_metapage_info, Hash Functions
hash_page_items, Hash Functions
hash_page_stats, Hash Functions
hash_page_type, Hash Functions
has_any_column_privilege, System Information Functions
has_column_privilege, System Information Functions
has_database_privilege, System Information Functions
has_foreign_data_wrapper_privilege, System Information Functions
has_function_privilege, System Information Functions
has_language_privilege, System Information Functions
has_schema_privilege, System Information Functions
has_sequence_privilege, System Information Functions
has_server_privilege, System Information Functions
has_tablespace_privilege, System Information Functions
has_table_privilege, System Information Functions
has_type_privilege, System Information Functions
HAVING, Aggregate Functions, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
hba_file configuration parameter, File Locations
heap_page_items, Heap Functions
heap_page_item_attrs, Heap Functions
height, Geometric Functions and Operators
hierarchical database, Concepts
high availability, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
history, A Brief History of PostgreSQL
of PostgreSQL, A Brief History of PostgreSQL
hmac, hmac()
host, Network Address Functions and Operators
host name, Parameter Key Words
hostmask, Network Address Functions and Operators
Hot Standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
hot_standby configuration parameter, Standby Servers
hot_standby_feedback configuration parameter, Standby Servers
HP-UX, HP-UX
installation on, HP-UX
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
hstore, hstore, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_array, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_json, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_jsonb, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_jsonb_loose, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_json_loose, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_matrix, hstore Operators and Functions
huge_pages configuration parameter, Memory
hypothetical-set aggregate
built-in, Aggregate Functions

I

icount, intarray Functions and Operators
ICU, Installation Procedure, Managing Collations, Parameters
ident, Ident Authentication
identifier, Identifiers and Key Words
length, Identifiers and Key Words
syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
IDENTIFY_SYSTEM, Streaming Replication Protocol
ident_file configuration parameter, File Locations
idle_in_transaction_session_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
idx, intarray Functions and Operators
IFNULL, COALESCE
ignore_checksum_failure configuration parameter, Developer Options
ignore_system_indexes configuration parameter, Developer Options
IMMUTABLE, Function Volatility Categories
IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA, IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
IN, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
INCLUDE
in index definitions, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
include
in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
include_dir
in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
include_if_exists
in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
index, Indexes, Multicolumn Indexes, Indexes and ORDER BY, Combining Multiple Indexes, Unique Indexes, Indexes on Expressions, Partial Indexes, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes, Examining Index Usage, GIN and GiST Index Types, GIN and GiST Index Types, Locking and Indexes, Interfacing Extensions To Indexes, Building Indexes Concurrently, Operators and Functions
and ORDER BY, Indexes and ORDER BY
B-tree, Index Types
B-Tree, B-Tree Indexes
BRIN, Index Types, BRIN Indexes
building concurrently, Building Indexes Concurrently
combining multiple indexes, Combining Multiple Indexes
covering, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
examining usage, Examining Index Usage
on expressions, Indexes on Expressions
for user-defined data type, Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
GIN, Index Types, GIN and GiST Index Types, GIN Indexes
text search, GIN and GiST Index Types
GiST, Index Types, GIN and GiST Index Types, GiST Indexes
text search, GIN and GiST Index Types
hash, Index Types
index-only scans, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
locks, Locking and Indexes
multicolumn, Multicolumn Indexes
partial, Partial Indexes
SP-GiST, Index Types, SP-GiST Indexes
unique, Unique Indexes
index scan, Planner Method Configuration
index-only scan, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
index_am_handler, Pseudo-Types
inet (data type), inet
inet_client_addr, System Information Functions
inet_client_port, System Information Functions
inet_merge, Network Address Functions and Operators
inet_same_family, Network Address Functions and Operators
inet_server_addr, System Information Functions
inet_server_port, System Information Functions
information schema, The Information Schema
inheritance, Inheritance, Inheritance
initcap, String Functions and Operators
initdb, Creating a Database Cluster, initdb
Initialization Fork, The Initialization Fork
input function, User-defined Types
INSERT, Populating a Table With Rows, Inserting Data, Returning Data From Modified Rows, INSERT
RETURNING, Returning Data From Modified Rows
inserting, Inserting Data
installation, Installation from Source Code
on Windows, Installation from Source Code on Windows
instr function, Appendix
int2 (see smallint)
int4 (see integer)
int8 (see bigint)
intagg, intagg
intarray, intarray
integer, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
integer_datetimes configuration parameter, Preset Options
interfaces
externally maintained, Client Interfaces
internal, Pseudo-Types
INTERSECT, Combining Queries
interval, Date/Time Types, Interval Input
output format, Interval Output
(see also formatting)
IntervalStyle configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
intset, intarray Functions and Operators
int_array_aggregate, Functions
int_array_enum, Functions
inverse distribution, Aggregate Functions
in_range support functions, B-Tree Support Functions
IS DISTINCT FROM, Comparison Functions and Operators, Row and Array Comparisons
IS DOCUMENT, IS DOCUMENT
IS FALSE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT DISTINCT FROM, Comparison Functions and Operators, Row and Array Comparisons
IS NOT DOCUMENT, IS NOT DOCUMENT
IS NOT FALSE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT NULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT TRUE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT UNKNOWN, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NULL, Comparison Functions and Operators, Platform and Client Compatibility
IS TRUE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS UNKNOWN, Comparison Functions and Operators
isclosed, Geometric Functions and Operators
isempty, Range Functions and Operators
isfinite, Date/Time Functions and Operators
isn, isn
ISNULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
isn_weak, Functions and Operators
isopen, Geometric Functions and Operators
is_array_ref
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
is_valid, Functions and Operators

J

JIT, Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
jit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
jit_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
jit_debugging_support configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_dump_bitcode configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_expressions configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_inline_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
jit_optimize_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
jit_profiling_support configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_provider configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
jit_tuple_deforming configuration parameter, Developer Options
join, Joins Between Tables, Joined Tables, Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
controlling the order, Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
cross, Joined Tables
left, Joined Tables
natural, Joined Tables
outer, Joins Between Tables, Joined Tables
right, Joined Tables
self, Joins Between Tables
join_collapse_limit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
JSON, JSON Types, JSON Functions and Operators
functions and operators, JSON Functions and Operators
JSONB, JSON Types
jsonb
containment, jsonb Containment and Existence
existence, jsonb Containment and Existence
indexes on, jsonb Indexing
jsonb_agg, Aggregate Functions
jsonb_array_elements, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_array_elements_text, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_array_length, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_build_array, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_build_object, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_each, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_each_text, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_extract_path, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_extract_path_text, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_insert, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_object, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_object_agg, Aggregate Functions
jsonb_object_keys, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_populate_record, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_populate_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_pretty, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_set, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_strip_nulls, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_to_record, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_to_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_typeof, JSON Functions and Operators
json_agg, Aggregate Functions
json_array_elements, JSON Functions and Operators
json_array_elements_text, JSON Functions and Operators
json_array_length, JSON Functions and Operators
json_build_array, JSON Functions and Operators
json_build_object, JSON Functions and Operators
json_each, JSON Functions and Operators
json_each_text, JSON Functions and Operators
json_extract_path, JSON Functions and Operators
json_extract_path_text, JSON Functions and Operators
json_object, JSON Functions and Operators
json_object_agg, Aggregate Functions
json_object_keys, JSON Functions and Operators
json_populate_record, JSON Functions and Operators
json_populate_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
json_strip_nulls, JSON Functions and Operators
json_to_record, JSON Functions and Operators
json_to_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
json_typeof, JSON Functions and Operators
Julian date, History of Units
Just-In-Time compilation (see JIT)
justify_days, Date/Time Functions and Operators
justify_hours, Date/Time Functions and Operators
justify_interval, Date/Time Functions and Operators

K

key word, Identifiers and Key Words, SQL Key Words
list of, SQL Key Words
syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
krb_caseins_users configuration parameter, Authentication
krb_server_keyfile configuration parameter, Authentication

L

label (see alias)
lag, Window Functions
language_handler, Pseudo-Types
large object, Large Objects
lastval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
last_value, Window Functions
LATERAL, LATERAL Subqueries
in the FROM clause, LATERAL Subqueries
latitude, Cube-based Earth Distances
lca, Operators and Functions
lc_collate configuration parameter, Preset Options
lc_ctype configuration parameter, Preset Options
lc_messages configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
lc_monetary configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
lc_numeric configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
lc_time configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
LDAP, Installation Procedure, LDAP Authentication
LDAP connection parameter lookup, LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
ldconfig, Shared Libraries
lead, Window Functions
LEAST, GREATEST and LEAST, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
left, String Functions and Operators
left join, Joined Tables
length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Geometric Functions and Operators, Text Search Functions and Operators
of a binary string (see binary strings, length)
of a character string (see character string, length)
length(tsvector), Manipulating Documents
levenshtein, Levenshtein
levenshtein_less_equal, Levenshtein
lex, Requirements
libedit, Requirements
libperl, Requirements
libpq, libpq - C Library, Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
single-row mode, Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
libpq-fe.h, libpq - C Library, Connection Status Functions
libpq-int.h, Connection Status Functions
libpython, Requirements
library finalization function, Dynamic Loading
library initialization function, Dynamic Loading
LIKE, LIKE
and locales, Behavior
LIMIT, LIMIT and OFFSET
line, Lines
line segment, Line Segments
linear regression, Aggregate Functions
Linux
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
LISTEN, LISTEN
listen_addresses configuration parameter, Connection Settings
llvm-config, Installation Procedure
ll_to_earth, Cube-based Earth Distances
ln, Mathematical Functions and Operators
lo, lo
LOAD, LOAD
load balancing, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
locale, Creating a Database Cluster, Locale Support
localtime, Date/Time Functions and Operators
localtimestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
local_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
lock, Explicit Locking, Advisory Locks, Viewing Locks
advisory, Advisory Locks
monitoring, Viewing Locks
LOCK, Table-level Locks, LOCK
lock_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
log, Mathematical Functions and Operators
log shipping, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Logging
current_logfiles file and the pg_current_logfile - function, System Information Functions
pg_current_logfile function, System Information Functions
logging_collector configuration parameter, Where To Log
Logical Decoding, Logical Decoding, Logical Decoding
login privilege, Role Attributes
log_autovacuum_min_duration configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
log_btree_build_stats configuration parameter, Developer Options
log_checkpoints configuration parameter, What To Log
log_connections configuration parameter, What To Log
log_destination configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_directory configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_disconnections configuration parameter, What To Log
log_duration configuration parameter, What To Log
log_error_verbosity configuration parameter, What To Log
log_executor_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_filename configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_file_mode configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_hostname configuration parameter, What To Log
log_line_prefix configuration parameter, What To Log
log_lock_waits configuration parameter, What To Log
log_min_duration_statement configuration parameter, When To Log
log_min_error_statement configuration parameter, When To Log
log_min_messages configuration parameter, When To Log
log_parser_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_planner_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_replication_commands configuration parameter, What To Log
log_rotation_age configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_rotation_size configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_statement configuration parameter, What To Log
log_statement_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_temp_files configuration parameter, What To Log
log_timezone configuration parameter, What To Log
log_truncate_on_rotation configuration parameter, Where To Log
longitude, Cube-based Earth Distances
looks_like_number
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
loop, Simple Loops
in PL/pgSQL, Simple Loops
lower, String Functions and Operators, Range Functions and Operators
and locales, Behavior
lower_inc, Range Functions and Operators
lower_inf, Range Functions and Operators
lo_close, Closing a Large Object Descriptor
lo_compat_privileges configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
lo_creat, Creating a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_create, Creating a Large Object
lo_export, Exporting a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_from_bytea, Server-side Functions
lo_get, Server-side Functions
lo_import, Importing a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_import_with_oid, Importing a Large Object
lo_lseek, Seeking in a Large Object
lo_lseek64, Seeking in a Large Object
lo_open, Opening an Existing Large Object
lo_put, Server-side Functions
lo_read, Reading Data from a Large Object
lo_tell, Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
lo_tell64, Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
lo_truncate, Truncating a Large Object
lo_truncate64, Truncating a Large Object
lo_unlink, Removing a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_write, Writing Data to a Large Object
lpad, String Functions and Operators
lseg, Line Segments, Geometric Functions and Operators
LSN, WAL Internals
ltree, ltree
ltree2text, Operators and Functions
ltrim, String Functions and Operators

M

MAC address (see macaddr)
MAC address (EUI-64 format) (see macaddr)
macaddr (data type), macaddr
macaddr8 (data type), macaddr8
macaddr8_set7bit, Network Address Functions and Operators
macOS, macOS
installation on, macOS
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
magic block, Dynamic Loading
maintenance, Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
maintenance_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
make, Requirements
make_date, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_interval, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_time, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_timestamptz, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_valid, Functions and Operators
MANPATH, Environment Variables
masklen, Network Address Functions and Operators
materialized view, Materialized Views
implementation through rules, Materialized Views
materialized views, pg_matviews
max, Aggregate Functions
max_connections configuration parameter, Connection Settings
max_files_per_process configuration parameter, Kernel Resource Usage
max_function_args configuration parameter, Preset Options
max_identifier_length configuration parameter, Preset Options
max_index_keys configuration parameter, Preset Options
max_locks_per_transaction configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_logical_replication_workers configuration parameter, Subscribers
max_parallel_maintenance_workers configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
max_parallel_workers configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
max_parallel_workers_per_gather configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
max_pred_locks_per_page configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_pred_locks_per_relation configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_pred_locks_per_transaction configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_prepared_transactions configuration parameter, Memory
max_replication_slots configuration parameter, Sending Servers
max_stack_depth configuration parameter, Memory
max_standby_archive_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
max_standby_streaming_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
max_sync_workers_per_subscription configuration parameter, Subscribers
max_wal_senders configuration parameter, Sending Servers
max_wal_size configuration parameter, Checkpoints
max_worker_processes configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
md5, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
MD5, Password Authentication
median, Aggregate Expressions
(see also percentile)
memory context
in SPI, Memory Management
memory overcommit, Linux Memory Overcommit
metaphone, Metaphone
min, Aggregate Functions
MinGW, MinGW/Native Windows
installation on, MinGW/Native Windows
min_parallel_index_scan_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
min_parallel_table_scan_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
min_wal_size configuration parameter, Checkpoints
mod, Mathematical Functions and Operators
mode
statistical, Aggregate Functions
monitoring, Monitoring Database Activity
database activity, Monitoring Database Activity
MOVE, MOVE
moving-aggregate mode, Moving-Aggregate Mode
Multiversion Concurrency Control, Introduction
MultiXactId, Multixacts and Wraparound
MVCC, Introduction

N

name, Identifiers and Key Words
qualified, Creating a Schema
syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
unqualified, The Schema Search Path
NaN (see not a number)
natural join, Joined Tables
negation, Logical Operators
NetBSD
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
netmask, Network Address Functions and Operators
network, Network Address Types, Network Address Functions and Operators
data types, Network Address Types
Network Attached Storage (NAS) (see Network File Systems)
Network File Systems, Use of Network File Systems
nextval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
NFS (see Network File Systems)
nlevel, Operators and Functions
non-durable, Non-Durable Settings
nonblocking connection, Database Connection Control Functions, Asynchronous Command Processing
nonrepeatable read, Transaction Isolation
normal_rand, normal_rand
NOT (operator), Logical Operators
not a number
double precision, Floating-Point Types
numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
NOT IN, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
not-null constraint, Not-Null Constraints
notation, Calling Functions
functions, Calling Functions
notice processing, Notice Processing
in libpq, Notice Processing
notice processor, Notice Processing
notice receiver, Notice Processing
NOTIFY, Asynchronous Notification, NOTIFY
in libpq, Asynchronous Notification
NOTNULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
now, Date/Time Functions and Operators
npoints, Geometric Functions and Operators
nth_value, Window Functions
ntile, Window Functions
null value
with check constraints, Check Constraints
comparing, Comparison Functions and Operators
default value, Default Values
in DISTINCT, DISTINCT
in libpq, Retrieving Query Result Information
in PL/Perl, PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
in PL/Python, Null, None
with unique constraints, Unique Constraints
NULLIF, NULLIF
number
constant, Numeric Constants
numeric, Numeric Constants
numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
numnode, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Queries
num_nonnulls, Comparison Functions and Operators
num_nulls, Comparison Functions and Operators
NVL, COALESCE

O

object identifier, Object Identifier Types
data type, Object Identifier Types
object-oriented database, Concepts
obj_description, System Information Functions
octet_length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
OFFSET, LIMIT and OFFSET
OID
column, System Columns
in libpq, Retrieving Other Result Information
oid, Object Identifier Types
oid2name, oid2name
old_snapshot_threshold configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
ON CONFLICT, INSERT
ONLY, The FROM Clause
OOM, Linux Memory Overcommit
opaque, Pseudo-Types
OpenBSD
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
OpenSSL, Installation Procedure
(see also SSL)
operator, Operators, Operator Precedence, Functions and Operators, Logical Operators, Operators, User-defined Operators
invocation, Operator Invocations
logical, Logical Operators
precedence, Operator Precedence
syntax, Operators
type resolution in an invocation, Operators
user-defined, User-defined Operators
operator class, Operator Classes and Operator Families, Index Methods and Operator Classes
operator family, Operator Classes and Operator Families, Operator Classes and Operator Families
operator_precedence_warning configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
OR (operator), Logical Operators
Oracle, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
porting from PL/SQL to PL/pgSQL, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
ORDER BY, Querying a Table, Sorting Rows
and locales, Behavior
ordered-set aggregate, Aggregate Expressions
built-in, Aggregate Functions
ordering operator, System Dependencies on Operator Classes
ordinality, Set Returning Functions
outer join, Joined Tables
output function, User-defined Types
OVER clause, Window Function Calls
overcommit, Linux Memory Overcommit
OVERLAPS, Date/Time Functions and Operators
overlay, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
overloading, Function Overloading
functions, Function Overloading
operators, User-defined Operators
owner, Privileges

P

pageinspect, pageinspect
page_checksum, General Functions
page_header, General Functions
palloc, Writing Code
PAM, Installation Procedure, PAM Authentication
parallel query, Parallel Query
+ Z

A

abbrev, Network Address Functions and Operators
ABORT, ABORT
abs, Mathematical Functions and Operators
acos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
acosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
administration tools
externally maintained, Administration Tools
adminpack, adminpack
advisory lock, Advisory Locks
age, Date/Time Functions and Operators
aggregate function, Aggregate Functions, Aggregate Expressions, Aggregate Functions, User-defined Aggregates
built-in, Aggregate Functions
invocation, Aggregate Expressions
moving aggregate, Moving-Aggregate Mode
ordered set, Ordered-Set Aggregates
partial aggregation, Partial Aggregation
polymorphic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
support functions for, Support Functions for Aggregates
user-defined, User-defined Aggregates
variadic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
AIX, AIX
installation on, AIX
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
akeys, hstore Operators and Functions
alias, Table and Column Aliases, Column Labels
for table name in query, Joins Between Tables
in the FROM clause, Table and Column Aliases
in the select list, Column Labels
ALL, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
allow_system_table_mods configuration parameter, Developer Options
ALTER AGGREGATE, ALTER AGGREGATE
ALTER COLLATION, ALTER COLLATION
ALTER CONVERSION, ALTER CONVERSION
ALTER DATABASE, ALTER DATABASE
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES, ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
ALTER DOMAIN, ALTER DOMAIN
ALTER EVENT TRIGGER, ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
ALTER EXTENSION, ALTER EXTENSION
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
ALTER FOREIGN TABLE, ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER FUNCTION
ALTER GROUP, ALTER GROUP
ALTER INDEX, ALTER INDEX
ALTER LANGUAGE, ALTER LANGUAGE
ALTER LARGE OBJECT, ALTER LARGE OBJECT
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW, ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
ALTER OPERATOR, ALTER OPERATOR
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS, ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY, ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
ALTER POLICY, ALTER POLICY
ALTER PROCEDURE, ALTER PROCEDURE
ALTER PUBLICATION, ALTER PUBLICATION
ALTER ROLE, Role Attributes, ALTER ROLE
ALTER ROUTINE, ALTER ROUTINE
ALTER RULE, ALTER RULE
ALTER SCHEMA, ALTER SCHEMA
ALTER SEQUENCE, ALTER SEQUENCE
ALTER SERVER, ALTER SERVER
ALTER STATISTICS, ALTER STATISTICS
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION, ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
ALTER SYSTEM, ALTER SYSTEM
ALTER TABLE, ALTER TABLE
ALTER TABLESPACE, ALTER TABLESPACE
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER, ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
ALTER TRIGGER, ALTER TRIGGER
ALTER TYPE, ALTER TYPE
ALTER USER, ALTER USER
ALTER USER MAPPING, ALTER USER MAPPING
ALTER VIEW, ALTER VIEW
amcheck, amcheck
ANALYZE, Updating Planner Statistics, ANALYZE
AND (operator), Logical Operators
anonymous code blocks, DO
any, Pseudo-Types
ANY, Aggregate Functions, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
anyarray, Pseudo-Types
anyelement, Pseudo-Types
anyenum, Pseudo-Types
anynonarray, Pseudo-Types
anyrange, Pseudo-Types
applicable role, applicable_roles
application_name configuration parameter, What To Log
arbitrary precision numbers, Arbitrary Precision Numbers
archive_cleanup_command recovery parameter, Archive Recovery Settings
archive_command configuration parameter, Archiving
archive_mode configuration parameter, Archiving
archive_timeout configuration parameter, Archiving
area, Geometric Functions and Operators
armor, armor(), dearmor()
array, Arrays
accessing, Accessing Arrays
constant, Array Value Input
constructor, Array Constructors
declaration, Declaration of Array Types
I/O, Array Input and Output Syntax
modifying, Modifying Arrays
of user-defined type, User-defined Types
searching, Searching in Arrays
ARRAY, Array Constructors, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
array_agg, Aggregate Functions, Functions
array_append, Array Functions and Operators
array_cat, Array Functions and Operators
array_dims, Array Functions and Operators
array_fill, Array Functions and Operators
array_length, Array Functions and Operators
array_lower, Array Functions and Operators
array_ndims, Array Functions and Operators
array_nulls configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
array_position, Array Functions and Operators
array_positions, Array Functions and Operators
array_prepend, Array Functions and Operators
array_remove, Array Functions and Operators
array_replace, Array Functions and Operators
array_to_json, JSON Functions and Operators
array_to_string, Array Functions and Operators
array_to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
array_upper, Array Functions and Operators
ascii, String Functions and Operators
asin, Mathematical Functions and Operators
asind, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ASSERT
in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
assertions
in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
asynchronous commit, Asynchronous Commit
AT TIME ZONE, AT TIME ZONE
atan, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atan2, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atan2d, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atand, Mathematical Functions and Operators
authentication_timeout configuration parameter, Authentication
auth_delay, auth_delay
auth_delay.milliseconds configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto-increment (see serial)
autocommit
bulk-loading data, Disable Autocommit
psql, Variables
autovacuum
configuration parameters, Automatic Vacuuming
general information, The Autovacuum Daemon
autovacuum configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_analyze_scale_factor configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_analyze_threshold configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_freeze_max_age configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_max_workers configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_naptime configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_scale_factor configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_threshold configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
auto_explain, auto_explain
auto_explain.log_analyze configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_buffers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_format configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_min_duration configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_nested_statements configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_timing configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_triggers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_verbose configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.sample_rate configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
avals, hstore Operators and Functions
average, Aggregate Functions
avg, Aggregate Functions

B

B-tree (see index)
backend_flush_after configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
Background workers, Background Worker Processes
backslash escapes, String Constants with C-style Escapes
backslash_quote configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
backup, Backup Control Functions, Backup and Restore
base type, The PostgreSQL Type System
BASE_BACKUP, Streaming Replication Protocol
BEGIN, BEGIN
BETWEEN, Comparison Functions and Operators
BETWEEN SYMMETRIC, Comparison Functions and Operators
BGWORKER_BACKEND_DATABASE_CONNECTION, Background Worker Processes
BGWORKER_SHMEM_ACCESS, Background Worker Processes
bgwriter_delay configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_flush_after configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_lru_maxpages configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_lru_multiplier configuration parameter, Background Writer
bigint, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
bigserial, Serial Types
binary data, Binary Data Types, Binary String Functions and Operators
functions, Binary String Functions and Operators
binary string
concatenation, Binary String Functions and Operators
length, Binary String Functions and Operators
bison, Requirements
bit string, Bit-string Constants, Bit String Types
constant, Bit-string Constants
data type, Bit String Types
bit strings, Bit String Functions and Operators
functions, Bit String Functions and Operators
bitmap scan, Combining Multiple Indexes, Planner Method Configuration
bit_and, Aggregate Functions
bit_length, String Functions and Operators
bit_or, Aggregate Functions
BLOB (see large object)
block_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
bloom, bloom
bonjour configuration parameter, Connection Settings
bonjour_name configuration parameter, Connection Settings
Boolean, Boolean Type
data type, Boolean Type
operators (see operators, logical)
bool_and, Aggregate Functions
bool_or, Aggregate Functions
booting
starting the server during, Starting the Database Server
box, Geometric Functions and Operators
box (data type), Boxes
BRIN (see index)
brin_desummarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
brin_metapage_info, BRIN Functions
brin_page_items, BRIN Functions
brin_page_type, BRIN Functions
brin_revmap_data, BRIN Functions
brin_summarize_new_values, Index Maintenance Functions
brin_summarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
broadcast, Network Address Functions and Operators
BSD Authentication, BSD Authentication
btree_gin, btree_gin
btree_gist, btree_gist
btrim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
bt_index_check, Functions
bt_index_parent_check, Functions
bt_metap, B-tree Functions
bt_page_items, B-tree Functions
bt_page_stats, B-tree Functions
bytea, Binary Data Types
bytea_output configuration parameter, Statement Behavior

C

C, libpq - C Library, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
C++, Using C++ for Extensibility
CALL, CALL
canceling, Canceling Queries in Progress
SQL command, Canceling Queries in Progress
cardinality, Array Functions and Operators
CASCADE, Dependency Tracking
with DROP, Dependency Tracking
foreign key action, Foreign Keys
Cascading Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
CASE, Conditional Expressions, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
case sensitivity
of SQL commands, Identifiers and Key Words
cast, CREATE CAST
I/O conversion, CREATE CAST
cbrt, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ceil, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ceiling, Mathematical Functions and Operators
center, Geometric Functions and Operators
Certificate, Certificate Authentication
char, Character Types
character, Character Types
character set, Locale and Formatting, Preset Options, Character Set Support
character string, String Constants, Character Types
concatenation, String Functions and Operators
constant, String Constants
data types, Character Types
length, String Functions and Operators
character varying, Character Types
char_length, String Functions and Operators
check constraint, Check Constraints
CHECK OPTION, CREATE VIEW
checkpoint, WAL Configuration
CHECKPOINT, CHECKPOINT
checkpoint_completion_target configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_flush_after configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_timeout configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_warning configuration parameter, Checkpoints
check_function_bodies configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
chr, String Functions and Operators
cid, Object Identifier Types
cidr, cidr
circle, Circles, Geometric Functions and Operators
citext, citext
client authentication, Client Authentication
timeout during, Authentication
client_encoding configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
client_min_messages configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
clock_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
CLOSE, CLOSE
cluster
of databases (see database cluster)
CLUSTER, CLUSTER
clusterdb, clusterdb
clustering, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
cluster_name configuration parameter, Process Title
cmax, System Columns
cmin, System Columns
COALESCE, COALESCE
COLLATE, Collation Expressions
collation, Collation Support
in PL/pgSQL, Collation of PL/pgSQL Variables
in SQL functions, SQL Functions with Collations
collation for, System Information Functions
column, Concepts, Table Basics
adding, Adding a Column
removing, Removing a Column
renaming, Renaming a Column
system column, System Columns
column data type
changing, Changing a Column's Data Type
column reference, Column References
col_description, System Information Functions
comment, Comments
about database objects, System Information Functions
in SQL, Comments
COMMENT, COMMENT
COMMIT, COMMIT
COMMIT PREPARED, COMMIT PREPARED
commit_delay configuration parameter, Settings
commit_siblings configuration parameter, Settings
common table expression (see WITH)
comparison, Comparison Functions and Operators, Subquery Expressions
composite type, Row and Array Comparisons
operators, Comparison Functions and Operators
row constructor, Row and Array Comparisons
subquery result row, Subquery Expressions
compiling, Building libpq Programs
libpq applications, Building libpq Programs
composite type, Composite Types, The PostgreSQL Type System
comparison, Row and Array Comparisons
constant, Constructing Composite Values
constructor, Row Constructors
computed field, Using Composite Types in Queries
concat, String Functions and Operators
concat_ws, String Functions and Operators
concurrency, Concurrency Control
conditional expression, Conditional Expressions
configuration
of recovery
of a standby server, Recovery Configuration
of the server, Server Configuration
of the server
functions, Configuration Settings Functions
configure, Installation Procedure
config_file configuration parameter, File Locations
conjunction, Logical Operators
connectby, Functions Provided, connectby
connection service file, The Connection Service File
conninfo, Connection Strings
constant, Constants
constraint, Constraints
adding, Adding a Constraint
check, Check Constraints
exclusion, Exclusion Constraints
foreign key, Foreign Keys
name, Check Constraints
NOT NULL, Not-Null Constraints
primary key, Primary Keys
removing, Removing a Constraint
unique, Unique Constraints
constraint exclusion, Partitioning and Constraint Exclusion, Other Planner Options
constraint_exclusion configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
container type, The PostgreSQL Type System
CONTINUE
in PL/pgSQL, CONTINUE
continuous archiving, Backup and Restore
in standby, Continuous archiving in standby
control file, Extension Files
convert, String Functions and Operators
convert_from, String Functions and Operators
convert_to, String Functions and Operators
COPY, Populating a Table With Rows, Functions Associated with the COPY Command, COPY
with libpq, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
corr, Aggregate Functions
correlation, Aggregate Functions
in the query planner, Extended Statistics
cos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cot, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cotd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
count, Aggregate Functions
covariance
population, Aggregate Functions
sample, Aggregate Functions
covar_pop, Aggregate Functions
covar_samp, Aggregate Functions
covering index, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
cpu_index_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
cpu_operator_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
cpu_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
CREATE ACCESS METHOD, CREATE ACCESS METHOD
CREATE AGGREGATE, CREATE AGGREGATE
CREATE CAST, CREATE CAST
CREATE COLLATION, CREATE COLLATION
CREATE CONVERSION, CREATE CONVERSION
CREATE DATABASE, Creating a Database, CREATE DATABASE
CREATE DOMAIN, CREATE DOMAIN
CREATE EVENT TRIGGER, CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
CREATE EXTENSION, CREATE EXTENSION
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE, CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE FUNCTION
CREATE GROUP, CREATE GROUP
CREATE INDEX, CREATE INDEX
CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE LANGUAGE
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW, CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
CREATE OPERATOR, CREATE OPERATOR
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS, CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY, CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
CREATE POLICY, CREATE POLICY
CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE PROCEDURE
CREATE PUBLICATION, CREATE PUBLICATION
CREATE ROLE, Database Roles, CREATE ROLE
CREATE RULE, CREATE RULE
CREATE SCHEMA, CREATE SCHEMA
CREATE SEQUENCE, CREATE SEQUENCE
CREATE SERVER, CREATE SERVER
CREATE STATISTICS, CREATE STATISTICS
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION, CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
CREATE TABLE, Creating a New Table, CREATE TABLE
CREATE TABLE AS, CREATE TABLE AS
CREATE TABLESPACE, Tablespaces, CREATE TABLESPACE
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER, CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
CREATE TRANSFORM, CREATE TRANSFORM
CREATE TRIGGER, CREATE TRIGGER
CREATE TYPE, CREATE TYPE
CREATE USER, CREATE USER
CREATE USER MAPPING, CREATE USER MAPPING
CREATE VIEW, CREATE VIEW
createdb, Creating a Database,